WO2010129467A1 - Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor - Google Patents

Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010129467A1
WO2010129467A1 PCT/US2010/033385 US2010033385W WO2010129467A1 WO 2010129467 A1 WO2010129467 A1 WO 2010129467A1 US 2010033385 W US2010033385 W US 2010033385W WO 2010129467 A1 WO2010129467 A1 WO 2010129467A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lower alkyl
ethyl
dimethyl
fluoro
quinolin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/033385
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2010129467A8 (en
Inventor
Guoxian Wu
Prabha N. Ibrahim
Yong Zhou
Shumeye Mamo
Samuel J. Gillette
Yong-Liang Zhu
Jinyu Liu
Chao Zhang
Kam Zhang
Dean R. Artis
Original Assignee
Plexxikon, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Plexxikon, Inc. filed Critical Plexxikon, Inc.
Priority to MX2011011735A priority Critical patent/MX2011011735A/en
Priority to CA2761009A priority patent/CA2761009A1/en
Priority to SG2011081015A priority patent/SG175877A1/en
Publication of WO2010129467A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010129467A1/en
Publication of WO2010129467A8 publication Critical patent/WO2010129467A8/en
Priority to IL216107A priority patent/IL216107A0/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms having only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C07D215/227—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4 only one oxygen atom which is attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms

Definitions

  • compounds are provided, as well as various salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof and uses thereof. Also contemplated in accordance with the present invention are methods for the use of the compounds in treating renin-mediated diseases and conditions.
  • the use of compounds for therapeutic methods involving inhibition of renin are provided, hi certain embodiments, the compounds are used for therapeutic methods involving inhibition of renin activity, including treatment of a variety of indications, including, but not limited to, hypertension,
  • compounds are of Formula I, Formula Ia or Formula Ib, as described below.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl and hetcroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 25 , and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 26 ;
  • R 2 and R 3 arc independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, -R 16 , or -[C(R l7 R l s )] a -L 2 -[C(R 19 R 20 )] b -R 16 , wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 27 ; or
  • R 2 and R " combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl. lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino. di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; a is 1 , 2, or 3; b is O, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • L is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R 13 )-, -C(O)-N(R 13 )-, -N(R 13 )-C(O), -C(S)-N(R 13 )-, -N(R 13 )-C(S)-, -S(O)-N(R 13 )-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 13 )-, -N(R I3 )-S(O), -N(R 13 )-S(O) 2 , -N(R 13 )-C(O)-N(R 13 )-, -N(R I3 )-C(S)-N(R 13 )-, or -N(R 13 )-S(O) 2 -N(R 13 )-;
  • R 4 is -R 21 Or -L 3 -R 21 ;
  • L 3 is -0-, -S-, or -N(R 13 )-;
  • R 21 is -(CR 22 R 23 ) p -R 24 , cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents
  • R 29 is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • R 5 , and R 6 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R' ⁇ ;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 31 ; or
  • R 7 and R 8 together form oxo
  • R 10 , R 1 ', R 12 , and each R 22 and R 23 arc independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
  • R 9 and R 10 combine with the carbon to which they arc bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic helerocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -Oil, -NII 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio. fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; each R 13 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl
  • R 16 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 28 ;
  • R' 7 , R 1& , R 19 , and R 20 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or any two R 17 and R 18 on the same carbon, or any two R 19 and R 20 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 mcmbcrcd monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino
  • R 24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -O-R 32 , -S-R 34 , -N(R 32 )-R 33 , -C(O)-R 34 , -C(S)-R 34 , -S(O)-R 34 , -S(O) 2 -R 34 , -C(O)-O-R 32 , -C(O)-N(R 32 )-R 33 , -C(S)-N(R 32 )-R 33 , -S(O)-N(R 32 )-R 33 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 32 )-R 33 , -N(R 35 )-C(O)-R 34 , -N(R 35 )-C(S)-R 34 , -N(R 35 )-S(O)-R 34 , -N(R 35 )-S(O) 2 -R 34 , -
  • lower alkylthio fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino. cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 26 , R 23 , R 29 , R 10 or R 31 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO 2 , -O-R 42 , -S-R 44 , -N(R 42 VR 43 , -N(R 15 VC(O)-R 44 , -N(R 35 VS(O) 2 -R 44 , -C(O)-R 44 , -S(O)-R 44 , -S(O) 2 -R 44 , -C(O)-O-R 42 .
  • halogen lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R 26 , any two R 28 , any two R 29 , any two R 30 , or any two R 31 , on adjacent ring atoms, combine to form a fused ring selected from the group consisting of 3-7 membered cycloalkyl and 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , oxo, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio,
  • each R 32 , R 33 , R 39 and R 40 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy.
  • R n , R" or R 40 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO 2 , -O-R 42 , -S-R 44 , -N(R 42 )-R 43 , -N(R 3 ⁇ -C(O)-R 44 , -N(R 35 )-S(O) 2 -R 44 , -C(O)-R 44 , -S(O)-R 44 , -S(O) 2 -R 44 , -C(O)-O-R 42 , -C(O)-O-R 42 , -C(O)-N(R 42 )-R 43 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 42 )-R 43 , oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R
  • each R 44 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted low er alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylammo, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted w ith one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy and each R 44 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, flu
  • L 1 is a bond, -C(R 9 R 10 )-, -C(O)-, -C(R 9 R 1 ⁇ -C(R 11 R 12 )-, -C(R 9 R 10 )-C(O)-, or -C(O)-C(R 1 1 R 12 ), preferably -C(R 9 R 10 )- or -C(R 9 R ⁇ )-C(R 1 1 R 12 )-, and R 1 is phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 26
  • Y is -C(R 14 R 15 )- and R 14 and R 15 are independently lower alkyl or fluoro substituted low er alkyl
  • L 4 is a bond, -C(R 55 R 56 )-, -C(O)-, -C(R 55 R ifl )-C(R 57 R 58 )-, -C(R 55 R 56 )-C(O)-, or -C(O)-C(R 57 R 58 );
  • R 43 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl. wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R' 0 , and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 7 ;
  • R 46 and R 47 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or -[C(R 59 R 60 )] c -R 61 , wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R' 2 ; or
  • R 46 and R 47 combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; c is O, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R 4 ⁇ is -R 62 or -L 5 -R 62 ;
  • L 4 is -O-, -S-, or -N(R 63 )-; q is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • R 49 and R 50 arc independently lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl
  • R 51 and R 52 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl
  • R 53 and R 54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
  • R 53 and R 54 together form oxo
  • R 55 , R 56 , R 57 , R 58 , and each R 59 , R 60 , R 64 and R 65 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
  • R 61 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 7j ;
  • R 62 is -(CR 64 R 65 ) q -R 66 , cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 74 ; each R 63 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
  • R 66 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -O-R 57 , -S-R M , -N(R 67 )-R 68 , -C(O)-R 69 , -C(S)-R 69 , -S(O)-R 69 , -S(O) 2 -R 69 , -C(O)-N(R 67 )-R 68 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 67 )-R 6S , -N(R 63 )-C(O)-R 69 , -N(R 63 )-S(O) 2 -R 69 , cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R' 4 ; each R' c and R 72
  • lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 71 , R 73 or R 74 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO 2 , -0-R 8!
  • each R 69 and R 80 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro. lower alkoxy.
  • a compound or group of compounds includes salts of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts), formulations of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable formulations), conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof, prodrugs thereof, and all stereoisomers thereof.
  • a compound of Formula I includes all sub-embodiments thereof (e.g. including Formula Ia, Formula Ib and all embodiments as described above).
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of l -[7-(l-Amino-cth>l)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumohn-l->lJ-2-methoxy-ethanone
  • methods for treating or prophylaxis of a rerun-mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I
  • treat 'therapy,' and like terms refer to the administration of material, e g , one or more compound(s) of Formula I in an amount effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms ot a disease or condition, i e , indication, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated
  • renin-mediated disease or condition refers to a disease or condition in which the biological function of renin affects the development, course, and or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which inhibition of the renin activity alters the development, course and ⁇ or symptoms of the disease or condition
  • a renm-medutcd disease or condition includes a disease or condition for v, hich inhibition of renin provides a therapeutic
  • methods for treating or prophylaxis of a renm-mediated disease or condition in an animal subject m need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I
  • the invention provides a kit that includes any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or a composition thereof as described herein
  • the composition is packaged, e g , m a vial, bottle, flask, which may be further packaged, e g , withm a box, envelope, or bag, the composition is approved by the U S Food and Drug Administration or similar regulatory agency for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, the composition is approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a renm-mediated disease or condition
  • the invention kit includes written instructions for use and/or other indication that the composition is suitable or approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a renm-mediated disease or condition, and the composition is packaged m unit dose or single dose form, e g , single dose pills, capsules, or the like
  • the invention provides methods for treating or prophylaxis of a renm- mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, wherein the disease or condition is. for example, without limitation
  • Cardiovascular and cardiovascular-related diseases including, but not limited to, hypertension, essential hypertension, malignant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease myocardial infarction cardiac hypertrophy, cardiac fibrosis, ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke, stenosis of arteries, restenosis after angioplasty or other interventions, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy (e g diabetic cardiac myopath), post-mfarction cardiac myopathy), arrhythmia (e g supraventricular and ventiicular arrhvthmia atrial fibrillation and atrial flutter), myocardial ischemia, cardiac insufficiency, unstable coronary syndrome, det ⁇ mental vascular remodeling, angma (stable or unstable), diastolic dysfunction, left ventricular dysfunction, and abnormal vascular growth;
  • cardiomyopathy e g diabetic cardiac myopath
  • post-mfarction cardiac myopathy post-mfarction cardiac myopathy
  • Pulmonary-i elated diseases including, but not limited to, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cor pulmonale, bronchiectasis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, acute lung injury, asthma, bronchiolitis obliterans, bronchiolitis obliterans with organizing pneumonia, cystic fibrosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, connective tissue or autoimmune disease-related pulmonary fibrosis (e.g.
  • scleroderma resulting from scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, or polymyositis
  • hypersensitivity pneumonitis eosinophilic granuloma (Langerhan's cell histiocytosis), chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, Wegener's granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, silicosis, asbestosis, berylliosis, sarcoidosis, systemic sclerosis, atypical pneumonia, Pneumocystis pneumonia, Hamman-Rich syndrome, histiocytosis X, collagen vascular disease, granulomatous vasculitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung cancer, and tuberculosis;
  • Vasculitis and autoimmune disease and related tissue fibrosis including, but not limited to, fibrosis caused by sclerodactyly, scleroderma, amyloidosis, systemic scleiosis, dermatomyositis, dupytren's contracture, Peyronie's disease, polymyositis, amyloidosis, atrophoderma of Pasini and Pierini, Raynaud's phenomenon, Still's disease, eosinophilic fasciitis, Hutchmson-Gilfoid progeria syndrome, Lichen myxedematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, morphoea, porphyria cutanea tarda type 1 , scleredema adultorum, systemic sclerosis or lymphangitis carcinomatosis;
  • Nephiopathies including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, Fabry nephropathy, renal fibrosis, nephritis, lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerular sclerosis, renal vascular hypertension, hyperaldosteromsm, chronic kidney disease, renal insufficiency, renal ischemia, renal failure, and renal colic;
  • Liver diseases including, but not limited to, hepatocellular carcinoma, liver fibrosis, liver cirrhosis, and hepatitis;
  • Diabetes and complications resulting from diabetes including, but not limited to, nephropathy, vasculopathy, neuropathy, and diabetic retinopathy, and
  • Other diseases including metabolic syndrome, obesity, thyroiditis, gast ⁇ tis, peptic ulcer, inflammatory bowel syndrome (e.g. ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, endometriosis, preeclampsia, brain infarction, interstitial cystitis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer, erectile dysfunction, proteinuria, albuminuria, cognitive impairment, alzheimer's disease, dementia, anxiety states, cognitive di soi dei s, inci eased intraocular pressure, glaucoma, angiogenesis related disorders (e g.
  • the invention provides methods for treating or prophylaxis of a renin- mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, m combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition
  • the one or more other therapies include, for example, without limitation angiotensin converting enz>me (ACE) inhibitors, including but not limited to, benazepril, cilazap ⁇ l, captop ⁇ l, delap ⁇ l, cnalap ⁇ l, iosinop ⁇ l, lndolap ⁇ l, lismop ⁇ l, meoxrpril, pe ⁇ ndop ⁇ l, pivop ⁇ l, quinapril, ramip ⁇ l, rescinnamine, spirap ⁇ l, trandola
  • ACE angiotensin converting
  • eplerenone ethacrvnic acid, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide, mdacrmone mdapamide, mefruside, metolazone, spironolactone, torasemide, tricrynafen and triamterene
  • sympatholytics including, but not limited to, clomdme, dobutamine, guanabenz, guanethidine, guanfacme, indoramin, lofexidine, mecamylamme, methyldopa, moxomdme, reserpme, ⁇ lmemdme, t ⁇ methaphan, and urapidil
  • serotonin receptor antagonists including but not limited to ⁇ sce bclo ⁇ j, thromboxane-synthetase inhibitors, neutral endopeptidase inhibitors (NEP inhibitors), renin inhibitors, including, but not limited to
  • agents suitable for treating inflammatory bowel syndrome including, but not limited to, corticosteroids, 6-mercaptopu ⁇ ne, mesalamme, and TNF anatogonists (including, but not limited to, adalimumab, etanercept, and infliximab), agents suitable for treating diabetes and complications associated with diabetes, including, but not limited to, benzafibrate, c ⁇ rofibratc, clofibrate, fenofibrate.
  • agents suitable for treating cystic fibrosis including, but not limited to, alendronate, dornase alfa, denufosol, fluticasone, inhaled sodium bicarbonate, miglustat, and perfemdone
  • agents suitable for treating pulmonary fibrosis including, but not limited to, azathiop ⁇ ne, budesomde, cyclophosphamide, dapsonc, dexamethasone, etanercept, lmatimb, interferon gamma- Ib, interferon alpha-2b minocycline, prednisone, methylpredmsolone, and thalidomide
  • agents suitable tor treating COPD including, but not limited to, advair and llovcnt
  • agents suitable for treating liver fibrosis including, but not limited to, adefo ⁇
  • the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in an animal subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug
  • the compound can be alone or can be part of a composition
  • the in ⁇ ention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in an animal subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug m combination with one or more other suitable therapies for the disease or condition
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 50 of less than 500 nm, less than I UO nM, less than 50 nM less than 20 nM less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted renin activity assay
  • the compound selectn ely inhibits renin relative to other enzymes, including, but not limited to, selectivity of the compound relative to other proteases, whether a protease discussed herein, or other proteases
  • the selectivity is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100- fold more active on renin than any other aspartyl protease, including, but not limited to, any of pepsin, cathepsm-D or BACF
  • Selective inhibition of renin relative to another protease is such that the IC JO for the renin may be at least about 2-fold, also 5-fold, also 10-
  • Halogen refer to all halogens, that is, chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br), or iodo (I)
  • Lower alkyP alone or in combination means an alkane-de ⁇ ved radical containing fiom 1 to 6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) that includes a straight chain alkyl or branched alkyl
  • the straight chain or branched lower alkyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound
  • a lower alkyl is a straight or branched alkyl group containing from 1-6, 1-4, or 1 -2, carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, and the like
  • Lower alkyl that is ' optionally substituted denotes lower alkyl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherw ise, with one or more, preferably 1 2 1 4 or 5, also 1 2, or 3 -,ubstituents as indicated for example in the description of compounds ol Formula I
  • possible substitutions include subsets of these substitution
  • C>cloalkyl refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring systems of 3-10, also 3-8, more preferably 3-6, ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and the like
  • Cycloalkyl that is "optionally substituted” denotes cycloalkyl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, m the description of compounds of Formula I It is understood that any substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
  • Heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 atoms m which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the ring are replaced by heteroatoms of O, S or N, and are optionally fused w ith benzo or heteroaryl of 5-6 ring members Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, suit onyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ⁇ ng nitrogen Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include compounds in which a ⁇ ng carbon may be oxo substituted, i e the ring carbon is a carbonyl group, for example as found in lactones and lactams The point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl ring is chemically feasible, at a carbon or nitrogen atom, such that a stable compound is provided Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not
  • Aryl alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ⁇ ng system containing aiomatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally fused with a cycloalkyl of preferably 5-7, more preferably 5-6, ring members ⁇ ryl that is “optionally substituted " denotes aryl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5. also 1.
  • Heteroaryl alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing 5 or 6 ring atoms, or a bicyclic aromatic group having 8 to 10 atoms, containing one or more, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1 -3, even more preferably 1 -2, heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but arc not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinaoxalyl, indolizinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, t ⁇ a/olyi, furanyl, benzofuryl, and indolyl.
  • Heteroaryl that is "optionally substituted” denotes heteroaryl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • Lower alkoxy denotes the group -OR a , where R a is lower alkyl.
  • Lower alkoxy that is “optionally substituted” denotes lower alkoxy in which R d is lower alkyl optionally independently substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I.
  • substitution of lower alkoxy is with 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents.
  • fluoro substituted lower alkoxy denotes lower alkoxy in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkoxy is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that any substitutions on alkoxy are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • Lower alkylthio denotes the group -SR , where R b is lower alkyl.
  • Lower alkylthio that is “optionally substituted” denotes lower alkylthio in which R h is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I.
  • substitution of lower alkylthio is with 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents.
  • fluoro substituted lower alkylthio denotes lower alkylthio in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkylthio is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that any substitutions on alkylthio are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • Amino denotes the group -NH;.
  • Mono-alkylamino denotes the group -NHR 0 where R c is lower alkyl.
  • Di-alkylamino denotes the group -NR c R d , where R c and R d are independently lower alkyl,
  • Cycloalkylamino denotes the group -NR 6 R', where R e and R f combine with the nitrogen to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl may contain an additional heteroatom withm the nng, such as O, N, or S, and may also be further substituted with lower alkyl Examples of 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, pipe ⁇ dine, piperazmc, 4-methylpiperazme, morphohne, and thiomorphohne It is understood that when mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, or cyclo
  • animal subject refers to human and non-human vertebrates, e g mammals, such as non-human primates sports and commercial animals, e g , equines, bovines, porcines, ovmes, rodents, and pets, e g , canines and felines
  • solid form refers to a solid preparation (i e a preparation that is neither gas nor liquid) of a pharmaceutically active compound that is suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes
  • the solid form includes any complex, such as a salt, co-crystal or an amorphous complex, as well as any polymorph of the compound l he solid form may be substantially crystalline, semi-crystallme or substantially amorphous
  • the solid form may be administered directly or used in the preparation of a suitable composition having improved pharmaceutical properties
  • the solid form may be used in a formulation comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient
  • substantially crystalline material embraces material which has greater than about 90% crystallmity, and "crystalline” material embraces material which has greater than about 98% crystallmity
  • substantially amorphous material embraces material which has no more than about 10% crystallmity, and "amorphous” material embraces material which has no more than about 2% crystallmity
  • a mixture of solid forms of a compound may be prepared, for example, a mixture of amorphous and crystalline solid foims, e g to provide a "semi-cry stalhne" solid form
  • a ' semi-crystallme' solid form may be prepared by methods known in the art for example by mixing an amorphous solid form with a crystalline solid form in the desired ratio
  • a compound mixed with acid or base forms an amorphous complex
  • a semi-crystallme solid can be prepared employing an amount of compound component in excess of the stoichiomctry of the compound and acid or base in the amorphous complex
  • the term "complex” refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically active compound and an additional molecular species that forms or produces a new chemical species m a solid form
  • the complex may be a salt, i e where the additional molecular species provides an acid/base counter ion to an acid/base group of the compound resulting in an acid base interaction that forms a typical salt While such salt forms are typically substantially crystalline, they can also be partially cry stalline, substantially amorphous, or amorphous forms
  • the additional molecular species, in combination with the pharmaceutically active compound forms a non-salt co-crystal, i e the compound and molecular species do not interact by way of a typical acid base interaction, but still form a substantially crystalline structure
  • Co-crystals may also be formed from a salt of the compound and an additional molecular species
  • the complex is a substantially amorphous complex, which may contain salt-like acid base interactions that do not form
  • the term "stoichiometry" refers to the molar ratio of two or more reactants that combine to form a complex, for example, the molar ratio of acid or base to compound that form an amorphous complex
  • a l l mixture of acid or base with compound (i e 1 mole acid or base per mole of compound) resulting in an amorphous solid form has a 1 1 stoichiometry
  • composition refers to a pharmaceutical preparation suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes that contains at least one pharmaceutically active compound, including any solid form thereof
  • the composition may include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable component to provide an improved formulation of the compound, such as a suitable earner or excipient
  • pharmaceutically acceptable indicates that the indicated material does not have properties that would cause a reasonabl ⁇ prudent medical practitioner to avoid administration of the material to a patient, taking into consideration the disease or conditions to be treated and the respective route of administration For example, it is commonly required that such a material be essentially sterile, e g , for injectibles
  • the term "therapeutically effective” or “effective amount” indicates that the mate ⁇ als or amount of material is effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or medical condition, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated
  • the terms “synergistically effective” or “synergistic effect” indicate that two or more compounds that are therapeutically effective, when used in combination, provide improved therapeutic effects greater than the additive effect that would be expected based on the effect of each compound used by itself
  • inhibitor is used to refer to a decrease the activity of a target biomolecule, e g , an enz>me such as a protease
  • an inhibitor will be a small molecule, i e a compound with a molecular weight of 1500 daltons or less, or preferably 1000 daltons or less, 800 daltons or less, or 600 daltons or less
  • a compound that inhibits renin a renin inhibitor
  • renin will decrease the activity of renin, for example, the compound will reduce the conversion by renin of angiolensmogen to angiotensin 1
  • Renin is an endopeptidase of approximately 40 kDa that is produced and secreted by the juxtaglomerular cells of the kidney, and circulates through the blood It is also produced locally m tissues, including, but not limited to brain, heart vasculature, adipose tissue, adrenal glands, pancreas, placenta and kidney, as well as m mast cells, and thus is active in a variety of tissues Renin specifically cleaves angiotensmogen, a naturally occurring plasma glycoprotein, to form angiotensin I Angiotensin-convertmg enzyme (ACE) acts m the lungs kidneys, or other tissues to cleave angiotensin T, forming angiotensin II Angiotensin II constricts blood and acts to release aldosterone from the adrenal gland, resulting in a significant increase in blood pressure I
  • ACE Angiotensin-convertmg enzyme
  • Renin inhibitors may also be used to treat fibrosis, for example fibrotic diseases in various tissues, including liver (e g cirrhosis, as caused, for example, by viral hepatitis, schistosomiasis or alcoholism), lung (e g interstitial lung diseases, such as idiopathic pulmonary disease, sarcoidosis, silicosis, drug reactions and infections, as well as collagen vascular diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis and systemic sclerosis), kidney (e g diabetic nephropathy), heart and vascular (e g post myocardial infarction, hypertension, atherosclerosis and restenosis), eye (e g macular degeneration, retinal and vitreal retinopathy), skin (e g keloids, hypertrophic scars, and scleroderma), pancreas (e g pancreatitis), intestine (e g inflammatory bowel disease), and brain (e g Alzheimer'
  • Renin inhibitors may be useful in treating cardiovascular and cardiovascular-related diseases, such as hypertension, essential hypertension, malignant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, cardiac fibrosis, ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke, stenosis ol arteries, restenosis after angioplasty or other interventions, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy (e g diabetic cardiac myopathy, postinfarction cardiac myopathy), arrhythmia (e g supraventricular and ventricular a ⁇ hythmia, atrial fibrillation and atrial flutter), myocardial ischemia, cardiac insufficiency, unstable coronary syndrome, detrimental vascular remodeling, angina (stable or unstable), diastolic dysfunction, left ventricular dysfunction, and abnormal vascular growth, pulmonary-related diseases, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cor pulmonale, bronchiectas
  • scleroderma resulting from scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, or polymyositis
  • hypersensitivity pneumonitis eosinophilic granuloma (Langerhan s cell histiocytosis), chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, Wegener's granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, silicosis, asbestosis, berylliosis sarcoidosis, systemic sclerosis, atypical pneumonia, Pneumocystis pneumonia, Hamman-Rich syndrome, histiocytosis X, collagen vascular disease, granulomatous vasculitis.
  • Goodpasture's syndrome Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung cancer, and tuberculosis, vasculitis and autoimmune disease and related tissue fibrosis, such as fibrosis caused by sclerodactyly, scleroderma, amyloidosis, systemic sclerosis, dermatomyositis, dupytren's contracture, Peyronie's disease, polymyositis, amyloidosis, atrophoderma of Pasini and Pierim, Raynaud's phenomenon, Still's disease, eosinophilic fasciitis, Hutchmson-Gilford progeria syndrome, Lichen myxedematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, morphoea, porphyria cutanea tarda type 1.
  • Nephropathies such as diabetic nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, Fabry nephropathy, renal fibrosis, nephritis, lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerular sclerosis, renal vascular hypertension hyperaldosteromsm, chrome kidney disease, renal insufficiency, renal ischemia, renal failure, and renal colic, liver diseases, such as hepatocellular carcinoma, liver fibrosis, liver cirrhosis, and hepatitis, diabetes and complications resulting from diabetes, such as nephropathy, vasculopathy, neuropathy, and diabetic retinopathy, and other diseases, including metabolic syndrome, obesity, thyroiditis, gastntis, peptic ulcer, inflammatory bowel syndrome (e g ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease) multiple sclerosis, rhe
  • a number of different assays for renin activity can be utilized for assaying for the ability of a compound to inhibit renin
  • Such assays can be formatted either in a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) format, or using an AlphaScreen (amplified /uminescent /roximit> ⁇ omogeneuus assay) format by varying the donor and acceptor reagents accordingly
  • Similar assays may be utilized for assaying the activity against other aspartyl proteases, or other proteases, in order to assess the selectivity of the compound for inhibition of renin
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • AlphaScreen amplified /uminescent /roximit> ⁇ omogeneuus assay
  • invention compounds may exist in a number of different forms or derivatives, all within the scope of the present invention
  • Alternative forms or dc ⁇ vatives include, for example, (a) prodrugs, and active metabolites (b) tautomers, isomers (including stereoisomers and regioisomers), and racemic mixtures (c) pharmaceutically acceptable salts and (d) solid forms, including different crystal forms, polymorphic or amorphous solids, including hydrates and sohates thereof and other forms (a) Prodrugs and Metabolites
  • the invention also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic derivatives (active metabolites), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
  • Prodrugs are compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which, when metabolized under physiological conditions or when converted by soholysis, yield the desired active compound
  • Piodrugs include, without limitation, esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of the active compound
  • the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide one or more advantageous handling, administration, and/or metabolic properties
  • some prodrugs are esters of the active compound, during mctabolysis, the ester group is cleaved to yield the active drug
  • Esters include, for example, esters of a carboxyhc acid group, or S-acyl or O-acyl derivatives of thiol, alcohol, ur phenol groups
  • a common example is an alkyl ester of a carboxyhc acid
  • Some prodrugs arc activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound may undergo further chemical reaction to yield the active compound Prodrugs may
  • prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive catego ⁇ es, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs
  • bioprccursor prodrugs are compounds that are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity
  • the formation of active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction that is one of the following types
  • Oxidative reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as oxidation of alcohol, carbonyl, and acid functionalities, hydroxy lation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxylation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon- carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-contammg functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, and sulfur, oxidative N-dealkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination as well as other oxidative reactions [0054] Reductive reactions Reductive reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as reduction of carbonyl functionalities, reduction of alcohol functionalities and carbon-carbon double bonds, reduction of mtrogen-containmg functional groups, and other reduction reactions
  • Reactions without change in the oxidation state arc exemplified without limitation to reactions such as hydrolysis of esters and ethers, hydrolytic cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, hydrolytic cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, new atomic linkages resulting from dehydration reactions, hydrolytic dehalogenation, removal of hydrogen hahde molecule, and other such reactions
  • Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e g , that impro ⁇ es uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action
  • the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond
  • the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound
  • the prodrug and any release transport moiety are acceptably non-toxic
  • the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake
  • the release of the transport moiety should be rapid
  • it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e g , certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodext ⁇ ns See, e g , Cheng et al , U S Patent Publ No 20040077595, App No 10/656,838, incorporated herein by reference )
  • Such earner prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs
  • the transport moiety provides targeted delivery of the drug
  • metabolites are pharmacologically active compounds or compounds that further metabolize to pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives i esultmg from metabolic processes in the body of a subject
  • activ e metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds
  • the prodrug compound is generally inactive or of lower activity than the metabolic product
  • the parent compound may be either an active compound or may be an inactive prodrug
  • one or more alkoxy groups can be metabolized to hydroxyl groups while retaining pharmacologic actn itv and/or carboxyl groups can be este ⁇ fied, e g , glucuronidation
  • Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art, and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein. See, e.g., Bertolini et al., 1997, J, Med. Chem. , 40:2011 -2016; Shan et al., 1997, J Pharm Sci 86(7):756-757; Bagshawe, 1995, Drug Dev. Res., 34:220-230; Wermuth, supra.
  • some of the compounds according to the present invention may exist as stereoisomers, i.e. having the same atomic connectivity of covalently bonded atoms yet differing in the spatial orientation of the atoms.
  • compounds may be optical stereoisomers, which contain one or more chiral centers, and therefore, may exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms (e.g. enantiomers or diastereomers).
  • stereoisomers i.e., essentially free of other stereoisomers
  • racemates i.e., essentially free of other stereoisomers
  • stereoisomers include geometric isomers, such as cis- or trans- orientation of substituents on adjacent carbons of a double bond. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof are intended to be within the scope of the present invention. Unless specified to the contrary, all such steroisomeric forms arc included within the formulae provided herein.
  • a chiral compound of the present invention is in a form that contains at least 80% of a single isomer (60% enantiomeric excess ("e.c") or diastereomeric excess (“d.e.”)), or at least 85% (70% c.c. or d.e.), 90% (80% e.e. or d.e.), 95% (90% e.e. or d.e.). 97,5% (95% e.e. or d.e.), or 99% (98% e.e. or d.e,).
  • an optically pure compound having one chiral center is one that consists essentially of one of the two possible enantiomers (i.e., is enantiomcrically pure), and an optically pure compound having more than one chiral center is one that is both diastereomerically pure and enantiomerically pure.
  • the compound is present in optically pure form, such optically pure form being prepared and/or isolated by methods known in the art (e g by recrystalhzation techniques, chiral synthetic techniques (including synthesis from optically pure starting materials), and chromatographic separation using a chiral column
  • compounds of Formula I can be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts
  • Contemplated pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, without limitation, mono, bis, t ⁇ s tctrakis, and so on
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are non-toxic in the amounts and concentrations at which they are administered The preparation of such salts can facilitate the pharmacological use by altering the physical characteristics of a compound without preventing it from exerting its physiological effect
  • Useful alterations in physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing the solubility to facilitate admmiste ⁇ ng higher concentrations of the drug
  • a compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly can react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts such as those containing chloride, bromide, iodide, hydrochloride, acetate, dichloroacetate, phenylacetate, acrylate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, 2-phenoxybenzoate, 2-acetoxyben7oate dimtrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoatc, methoxybenzoate, methylbcnzoatc, bicarbonate, butyne-1 ,4 dioate, hexyne-l,6-dioate, caproate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, cinnamate, citrate, decanoate, formate, fumarate, glycolate gluconate, glucarate, glucuronate, glucose-6-phosphate, glutamate, heptanoate, hexanoate, lsethionate, isobutyrate, gamma-hydroxybutyrate, phenylbutyrate,
  • salts can be prepared by standard techniques For example, the free-base form of a compound can be dissolved m a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous or aqueous- alcohol solution containing the appropriate acid and then isolated by evaporating the solution In another example, a salt can be prepared by reacting the free base and acid in an organic solvent If the particular compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid w ith an appropriate inorganic or organic base
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the different compounds may be present as a complex
  • ot complexes include 8-chlorotheophylhne complex (analogous to, e g , dimenhydrmate diphenhydramine 8-chlorotheophyllme (1 1) complex, Dramamine) and various cyclodext ⁇ n inclusion complexes
  • the compounds and salts may exist in different crystal or polymorphic forms, or may be formulated as co- crystals, or may be in an amorphous form, or may be any combination thereof (e g partially crystalline, partially amorphous, or mixtures of polymorphs) all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae
  • salts are formed by acid/base addition, i e a free base or free acid of the compound of interest forms an acid/base reaction with a corresponding addition base or addition acid, respectively resulting in an ionic charge interaction
  • co- crvstals are a new chemical species that is formed between neutral compounds, resulting in the compound and an additional molecular species in the same crystal structure
  • compounds of the invention are complexed with an acid or a base, including base addition salts such as ammonium, diethylamme, ethanolamme ethylenediamme, diethanolamme t-butylamme piperazme meglumine acid addition salts such as acetate, acetylsalicylate, besylate, camsylate, citrate, formate, rumarate, glutarate, hydrochlorate, maleate, mesylate, nitrate, oxalate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate and tosylate and amino acids such as alanine, argimne, asparagme, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidme, isoleuune, leucine, lysine methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryp
  • the formulae are intended to cover hydrated or solvated as well as unhydrated or unsolvated forms of the identified structures
  • the indicated compounds include both hydrated and non-hydrated forms
  • Other examples of solvates include the structures in combination with a suitable solvent, such as isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamme
  • the methods and compounds will typically be used in therapy for human subjects However, they may also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects
  • Compounds of Formula I can be administered by different routes, including injection (i c parenteral, including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular), oral, transdermal, transmucosal, rectal, or inhalant
  • Such dosage forms should allow the compound to reach target ctlls
  • Other factors are well known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms that retard the compound or composition from exerting its effects
  • Techniques and formulations generally may be lound in Remington The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 2 ⁇ ⁇ edition, Lippmcott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA, 2005 (hereby incorporated by reference herein)
  • compositions will comprise pharmaceutically acceptable earners or excipients, such as fillers binders, dismtegrants, ghdants, lubricants, complexmg agents, solubihzers, and surfactants, which may be chosen to facilitate administration of the compound by a particular route
  • carriers include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, vanous sugars such as lactose glucose, or sucrose, types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, lipids, liposomes, nanoparticleb and the like
  • Carriers also include physiologically compatible liquids as solvents or for suspensions, including, for example, sterile solutions of water for injection (WFI), saline solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, vegetable oils, mineral oils, animal oils, polyethylene glycols, liquid paraffin, and the like
  • Excipients may also include, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, silica gel, talc, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, sodium a
  • oral administration may be used
  • Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated drops
  • Compounds of Formula I may be combined with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain, for example, tablets, coated tablets, hard capsules, soft capsules, solutions (e g aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions) and the like
  • Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars including lactose glucose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol cellulose preparations for example, corn starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch gelatin gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, h>droxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carbox>methylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP po
  • compositions that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin (“gelcaps”), as well as soft, scaled capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture w ith filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stcaratc and, optionally, stabilizers
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols
  • injection parenteral administration
  • Compounds of Formula I for injection may be formulated m ste ⁇ le liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers or solutions, such as saline solution, Hank's solution, or Ringer's solution Dispersions may also be prepared in non-aqueous solutions, such as glycerol, propylene glycol, cthanol, liquid polyethylene glycols, t ⁇ acetin, and vegetable oils Solutions may also contain a preservative, such as methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like
  • the compounds may be formulated m solid form, including, for example, lyophihzed forms, and redissolved or suspended pnor to use
  • transmucosal, topical or transdermal administration may be used in such formulations of compounds of Formula I penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used
  • penetrants include, for example, for transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives Ln addition detergents may be used to facilitate permeation
  • Transmucosal administration for example, may be through nasal sprays or suppositories (rectal or vaginal)
  • Compositions of compounds of Formula I for topical administration may be formulated as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, and the like by choice of approp ⁇ ate carriers known in the art Suitable carriers include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils, animal tats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C u )
  • carriers are selected such that the active ingredient is soluble Emulsifiers, stabilize
  • compounds are administered as inhalants
  • Compounds of Formula I may be formulated as dry powder or a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol Powders and solutions may be formulated with suitable additives known in the art
  • powders mav include a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch
  • solutions may comprise propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol sodium chlonde and other additives, such as acid, alkali and buffer salts
  • Such solutions or suspensions may be administered by inhaling via spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer, and the like
  • the compounds of Formula I may also be used in combination with other inhaled therapies, for example corticosteroids such as fluticasone prop ⁇ onate, beclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesomde, and mometasone furoate, beta agonists such as albuterol, salmeterol, and formoterol, anticholinergic agents such as ipratroprium
  • the amounts of various compounds to be administered can be determined by standard procedures taking into account factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC 5 0 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic results in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject.
  • factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC 5 0 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic results in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject.
  • a dose will be m the range of about 0 01 to 50 mg/kg, also about 0 1 to 20 mg/kg of the subject being treated Multiple doses may be used
  • the compounds of Formula I may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease Such combination use includes administration of the compounds and one or more other therapeutics, at different times or co-administration of the compound and one or more other therapies
  • dosage may be modified foi one or more of the compounds of the invention or other therapeutics used m combination, e g , reduction in the amount dosed relative to a compound or therapy used alone, by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art
  • use in combination includes use with other therapies drugs, medical procedures e f c where the other therapy or procedure may be administered at different times (e g withm a short time, such as withm hours (e g 1, 2, 3 4-24 hours), or within a longer time (e g 1-2 days.
  • the present invention provides for delivery of a compound of formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by a different route of administration or by the same route of administration
  • the use in combination for any route of administration includes delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by the same route of administration together in any formulation, including formulations where the two compounds are chemically linked in such a way that they maintain their therapeutic activity when administered
  • the mass spectrometry result indicated foi a compound may have more than one value due to the isotope distribution of an atom m the molecule, such as a compound having a bromo or chloro substituent
  • Example 1 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9.
  • Step 2 Preparation of6-ethvl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydr ⁇ -lH-qu ⁇ n ⁇ Hn-2- ⁇ ne (4): [0085] To a solution of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-ethyl-phenyl)-amide (3, 164.4 g, 0.809 mol theoretical) in 1.6 L of 1 ,2-dichlorobenzene, aluminum trichloride (162 g, 1.21 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0 C for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into 7 L of ice water.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with 1 L of ethyl acetate and the pooled organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum.
  • the resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-50% ethyl acetate in heptane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a clear oil (5, 50 g, 77%).
  • Step 4 Preparatoin oj l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro- ethanone (7):
  • Step 5 Preparation of l-(7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2- trifluoro-ethanone (8):
  • Step 6 Preparation of 1 ' -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3 ,4-ietrahydr ⁇ -quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9): [0089] To a solution of 10% potassium hydroxide in 5 mL of methanol, l -(7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4- dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (8, 107 mg, 0.327 mol) was added.
  • Example 2 Alternative preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl)-ethanone 9.
  • l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 was prepared in five steps from l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone 7 as shown in Scheme 2.
  • Step 1 Preparation of ' 1 ' -( ' / '-brom ⁇ -6-ethyl-4 ⁇ 4-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl)-2,2 ',2- trifluoroethanone (10):
  • Step 2 Pt eparation of 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4 4-d ⁇ methvl-l 2 3 4-tet ⁇ ahydr oquinohne (11) 10092]
  • Step 3 Piepatation of 7-bi omo-6-ethyl-4 4- ⁇ methyl-3 4 dihydro 2 H qumohne 1 carboxyhc acid tert-butyl ester (13)
  • Step 5 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9): [0095] To a solution of 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l -carboxylic acid tcrt-butyl ester (14, 1.40 g. 0.00422 mol) in 35 mL of dichloromethane, 8.0 mL of 4 M hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours, then concentrated under vacuum.
  • Example 3 Preparation of [l-(6-ethyI-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoIin-7-yI)-ethyI]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17.
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone oxime (15):
  • Step 3 Preparation of[l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17):
  • Example 4 Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0002.
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-meth ⁇ y-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-te ⁇ rahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone (19)
  • Step 2 Preparation of 1 -[6-cthyl- 1 -(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4, 4-dimethyl-l,2, 3, 4-tetrahydr ⁇ -quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone oxime (20):
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-mcthoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-ylJ- ethylamine (P-0002):
  • Step 1 Preparation of [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoHn- 7- yl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22):
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl ⁇ l-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-l,2, 3,4 ⁇ tetrahydroquinolin-7-vl)- ethylamine fP-0010):
  • Step Ia Preparation of ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-]-(3-trifluoromethy!-bcn ⁇ yl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl ⁇ -carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester (22a):
  • Step 2a Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-1 -(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7 -yl] -ethyl amine (P-0026):
  • Step Ih Preparation ⁇ f ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4A-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tctrahvdro quinolin-7-yl]-eth ⁇ i ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22b):
  • the vial was centrifuged to remove the silica, and the supernatant transferred to a new vial.
  • the silica residue was washed with 500 ⁇ L of ethanol, centrifuged and the supernatants combined. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2b Preparation ofl-[6-ethvl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,S,4-tetrahycln>- quinolin-7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0037):
  • reaction conditions may have varied, for example, in terms of solvents used, time and temperature of the reaction, and in chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compounds, with the compound number in Column 1, the aryl-alkyl halidc or aryl-aldehyde used in Step 1/la/lb in Column 2, the resulting compound in
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quhwlin-7-y!-etha ⁇ o ⁇ e (24):
  • the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum.
  • the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow oil (24, 590 mg, 90%).
  • Step 3 Preparation ofl-ben ⁇ yl-6-ethy1-7-(l ⁇ hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- qmnolin-2-one (26):
  • Step 4 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lIl-quinolin-2- one (P-0052):
  • Example 7 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- propylamine P-0047.
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-propan-l- one (27):
  • Step 2 Preparation of 1 -(I -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yI)-propan-l - one oxime (28):
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-(l-ben ⁇ yl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l, 2,3,4- -tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- propylamine (P-0047):
  • Example 8 Preparation of trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2- trifluoro-acetyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35.
  • Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l -(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35 was prepared in six steps from 4-methoxybenzenamine 29 as shown in Scheme 8.
  • Step I Preparation of i-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-methoxy-phenyl)-amide (30): [0127] To a chilled (0 0 C) mixture of 4-methoxybenzenamine (29, 2.50 g, 20.3 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (2.0 g, 51 .0 mmol) in 20 mL of water and 30 mL of dichloromethane, 3,3-dimethylacryloyl chloride (2, 2.7 mL, 24,0 mmol) was added over a period of -5 minutes, The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution.
  • the aqueous layer was washed 3x with ethyl acetate and the pooled organic layer was washed with ammonium chloride solution and brine, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum.
  • the resulting brown oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-7% methanol in dichloromethane. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a tan waxy solid (30, 3.78g, 91 %).
  • Step 2 Preparation of6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3, 4-dihydro-lH-qu ⁇ nolin-2-one (31): [0128] Aluminum trichloride (19.1 g, 143 mmol) was suspended in 300 mL of nitromethane and 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-mcthoxy-phenyl)-amide (30, 9.5 g, 46.0 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of ⁇ 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere overnight. Ice was added piece-by-peice to quench the reaction and the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water.
  • Step 3 Preparation of 6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (32): [0129] To a solution of 6-meth ⁇ xy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (31, 2.0 g, 9.7 mmol) in 150 mL of toluene, borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (1.7 mL, 19.0 mmol) was slowly added at 0 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 15 minutes and then stirred at 100 0 C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 150 mL of 10% sodium carbonate solution.
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • the organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layers were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum.
  • the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light brown liquid (32, 1.2g, 64%).
  • Step 5 Preparation of l-(7-acetyI ⁇ 6 ⁇ hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoHn-l-yl)-2,2,2- tnfluoro-ethanone (34):
  • Step 6 Preparation oj tnfluoro-methane sulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-d ⁇ methvl-l-(2,2,2-tr ⁇ uoro- acetylJ-1,2 3 4-tetrahydro-qu ⁇ nol ⁇ n-6-yl ester (35)
  • Example 9 Preparation of l-[l-be ⁇ zyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yI]-ethylainine P-0044.
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-[7-acetyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]- 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (37):
  • reaction mixture was warmed to 70 0 C for 80 minutes via microware irradiation.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, Filtered, and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (37, 46 mg, 70%).
  • MS (ESI) [M ⁇ H 1 J * 393.95.
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-[6-(4-fluoro-phenyI)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone (38):
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-[l-benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-d ⁇ methyl-I,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- vl] -ethanone (39):
  • Step 4 Preparation ⁇ f l-[l-benzyl-6-(4- ⁇ uoro-phenyI)-4,4-dime ⁇ hyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qninoIin-7- y!] -ethan ⁇ ne oxime (40):
  • Step 5 Preparation of 1 -[I -benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-! ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- ylj-ethy!amine (P-0044):
  • Additional compounds may be prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 9, replacing 4- fluorophenylboronic acid 36 with an appropriate boronic acid or boronic acid ester in Step 1.
  • Purification for the last step was alternatively done by HPLC, using Phenomenex Cl 8 column with 20-100% solvent B gradient over 40 minutes, with flow rate of 20 mL/minute, Solvent A was water with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid and solvent B was acetonitrile with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Step Ia Preparation of l-[6-(3-ethyJ-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydr ⁇ -q ⁇ dnolin-7-yl]- ethano ⁇ e (38a):
  • Example 10 Preparation of l-(l-Benzyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl)-ethylamine P-0060.
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-(6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (42): [0143] Into a 1-neck round-bottom flask, l -(7-acetyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2II- quinolin-l -yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (41, 550 mg, 1.35 inmol) and 1 N potassium hydroxide (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol), were mixed in 25 mL of methanol.
  • Step 3 Preparation of 1 ' -(l-ben ⁇ yl-6-benzyl ⁇ xy-4 ,4-dimethyl-l ,2 ⁇ 3 ,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-/ " 7 -y0- ethanone (43):
  • Step 4 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-benzyloxy-4, 4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone oxime (44):
  • Step 5 Preparation of 1 '-(I -benzyl- ⁇ -benzyloxy-4 ',4-dimethyl- 1 ,2 ',3 ' ,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-/' '-yl)- ethylamine (P-0060):
  • Step 1 Preparation of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid pentafluorophenyl ester (47): [0148] To a suspension of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid (45, 2,74 g, 20 mmol) and pcntafluorophenol (46, 3.7 g, 20 mmol) in 100 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (3, 1 niL, 20 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was collected and used in the next step without further purification.
  • Example 12 Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0062.
  • Step 1 Preparation of I-(4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (50): [0152] Into a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2-trifluoro- acety])-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester (35, 100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 3 mL of tetrahydrofuran in a microwave reaction vial, 4-toluene boronic acid (49, 61 mg, 0.45 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) ( ⁇ 2 mg, catalyst) were added.
  • 4-toluene boronic acid 49, 61 mg, 0.45 mmol
  • reaction mixture was warmed to 70 0 C for 20 minutes via microware irradiation.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (50, 28 mg, 42%).
  • MS (ESI) [M+HT - 294.3.
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-I-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylrnethylj-6-p-tolyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-ylJ-ethun ⁇ ne (51):
  • Step 4 Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl- ⁇ yridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-ylJ-ethylamine (P-0062):
  • Step 1 Preparation of l ⁇ (7-acetyl- ⁇ -ethyl-4,4-d ⁇ methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-I-yl)-2-methoxy ⁇ ethanone (54):
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-7-(l-hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoHn-l- yl)-2-meth ⁇ xy-ethanone (55):
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-[7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-ylJ-2- methoxy-ethanone (P-OOOl):
  • Example 14 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-(3-methoxy-propy])-4,4-di ⁇ iethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4- dihydro-lII-quinolin-2-one P-0040 and l-[l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-diinethyl-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0043.
  • Step 1 Preparation of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (3 -ethyl -phenyl) -amide (57): [0161] To a mixture of 3-ethylaniline (56, 20.00 g, 0.16 mol) and sodium hydroxide (16 g, 0.41 mol) in 160 mL of water and 100 mL of dichloromethane, a solution of 3,3-dimcthylacryloyl chloride (2, 22 mL, 0.20 mol) in 50 mL of dichloromethane was slowly added at __5 0 C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, then poured into 400 mL of water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • Step 2 Preparation of " / '-ethyl-4 ' -,4-dimethyl-3 ',4-dihydro-l ' H-quinolin-2-onc (58): [0162] To a suspension of aluminum trichloride (13.1 g. 98,4 mmol) in 50 mL of 1 ,2- dichl ⁇ robenzene, a solution of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (3-ethyl-phenyl)-amide (57, 10 g, 49.19 mmol) in chlorobenzcnc was added dropwisc at 0-10 0 C.
  • Step 3 Preparation of6-bromo-7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quino1m-2-one (59): [0163] To a solution of 7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (58, 3.0 g, 15.0 mmol) in 100 ml of nitromethane, bromine (0.84 rnL, 16.0 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by aluminum trichloride (100 mg, 0.7 mmol).
  • Step 4 Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (60): [0164] To a mixture of 6-bromo-7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (59, 1 g, 3 mmol) in 50 ml of dichloromethane, a premixed fine powder of potassium permanganate (4 g, 20.0 mmol) and copper(II) sulfate pentahydratc (6 g, 20.0 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 72 hours, and then filtered through a Celite pad.
  • Step 5 Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-bromo-l-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin- 2-one (62):
  • Step 6 Preparation of 7-acetyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihvdro-lH- quinolin-2-one (63) -
  • Step 7 Preparation of7- ⁇ l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl ⁇ -l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4 ⁇ dimethyl-6-p-tolyl- 3, 4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (64):
  • Step 8a Preparation of7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-(3-methoxy-pr ⁇ pyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0040):
  • Step 8h Preparation of L (I buty!-4,4 ⁇ diniethy/-6-p-tofyI ⁇ l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine (P-0043):
  • Step 1 Preparation f l-[6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-d ⁇ methyl-l ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7 - yl] -ethanone (65):
  • Step 2 Preparation of 7-acetyl ⁇ 6 ⁇ ethyl ⁇ l ⁇ (3-methox) ⁇ -propy l)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (66):
  • Step 3 Preparation of6-ethyl-7- ⁇ l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl ⁇ -l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3, 4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (67):
  • Example 16 Preparation of [7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin- l-y]]-pyridi ⁇ -3-yl-methanone P-0018.
  • Step I Preparation of ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dim ⁇ thyl-l-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-l,2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl]-ethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (69):
  • Step 2 Preparation of[7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l- ⁇ I]- pyridin-3-yl-methanone (P-0018):
  • Example 17 Preparation of l-[l-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyI)-6-ethyI-4,4- dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0038.
  • Step 1 Preparation of ⁇ l-[ l ⁇ (2,2-difluoro-benzo[ 1 ,3] dioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyi-4,4-dimethyl- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (71):
  • Step 2- Preparation of l-[l-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]diox ⁇ l-5-ylmethy1)-6-ethyl-4,4-dhnethyl-L2,3, 4- tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0038).
  • Example 18 Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-qui ⁇ olin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0058.
  • Step 1 Preparation of ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-hutyl ester (73):
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0058):
  • Example 19 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl ⁇ pyridin-4- ylmethyl)-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one P-0061.
  • Step 1 Preparation of ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quir ⁇ oIin-7-ylJ-ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (74):
  • Step 2 Preparation ⁇ f ⁇ l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methy l-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-2-oxo- 1 ,2 ,3 ,4 - tetrahydro-quinolin-'/ 7 -yl] ' -ethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl eater (75):
  • Step 3 Preparation of7-(l-amin ⁇ -ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0061):
  • Step 4 Preparation of6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one (81): [0193] To aluminium chloride (229 mg; 1.7 mmol), cooled in an ice water bath, 52 ⁇ L of dimethylformamide was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 10 0 C for 1 hour, then heated to 50 0 C. To this mixture, 7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (80, 50 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added, followed by 28 ⁇ L of acetyl chloride.
  • the mixture was stirred at 50-70 0 C for 20 minutes, then cooled down to room temperature and the melt was taken up in 1 mL of toluene and quenched with 3 g of ice. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes until all of the ice melted. The mixture was extracted 2 x 5 mL with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (81, 6 mg, 10%)
  • Step 5 Preparation of 6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H-benzo[ 1 ,4] ⁇ xazin-3-one (82) [0194] To 6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (81, 120 mg, 0.55 mmol) in 6 mL of acetonit ⁇ le, l -bromo-3-methoxy -propane (61, 210 mg, 1.37 mmol), potassium fluoride on alumina (412 mg, 2.84 mmol), and potassium iodide (5 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added.
  • Step 6 Preparation of 7 -ethyl ⁇ 6- ⁇ l -[(E)-hy ⁇ roxyimin ⁇ ] -eihyl ⁇ -4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H- be ⁇ zofl, 4j 'oxazin-3-one (83):
  • Step 7 Preparation of6-(l-amino-ethyl)-7-ethyl-4-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4H-benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one (P-OO 71):
  • Example 21 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-di ⁇ iethyH-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine P-0070.
  • Step 1 Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4, 4-dimethyl-l -phenyl- 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-q ⁇ inolin-7-yl)-ethanone
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-(6-ethvl-4 4-dimethyl-l-phenyl-l l 2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-vl)-ethanone oxime (86)
  • Step 3 Preparation of I (6 ethyl-4,4-d ⁇ methyl-l-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tet>ahydro-qu ⁇ nol ⁇ n-7-yl)-ethylarmne (P-0070)
  • Step 1 Preparation of 7-bromo-6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4 4-d ⁇ methyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro- quinoline (87)
  • Step 2 Preparation of6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl) ⁇ 4,4-d ⁇ methyl ⁇ l,2,3,4 ⁇ tetrahydro-qu ⁇ nol ⁇ ne-7- carbonitrile (88)
  • Example 23 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one P-0013.
  • Step 1 Preparation of6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (90) '
  • Aluminum trichloride (10.4 g, 77.9 mmol) was suspended in 100 mL of 1 ,2-dichloroethane and 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-methoxy-phenyl)-amide (89, 5.16 g, 25.1 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of ⁇ 5 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere for 4 hours and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (91): [0208] To a suspension of aluminum trichloride (2.9 g, 22.0 mmol) in 8 ml of nitromethane, chilled to 0 0 C, a solution of acetyl chloride (0.48 mL, 6.8 mmol) and 6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4- dihydro-1 H-quinolin-2-one (90, 1 ,00 g, 4,87 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added dropwise.
  • Step 4 ' Preparation of 7- ⁇ l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl ⁇ -6-methoxy-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4- dimethyl-3, 4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2-one (93): j0210[ ⁇ solution of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (92, 38 mg, 0.12 mmol), hydroxylamme hydrochloride (16.9 mg, 0.243 mmol), and pyridine (0.046 mL, 0.57 mmol) in 5 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 U C for 2 hours.
  • Step 5 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l-(3 ⁇ methoxy-propy!)-4,4-ditnethyl-3,4-dihydro ⁇ lH-quinolin-2-one (P-OOH):
  • the reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into 150 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The organic layer was removed and the aqueous layer extracted with 2 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound (P-0013, 12 mg).
  • Example 24 Preparation of l-[l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-ylJ-ethylamine P-0021.
  • Step I Preparation of l-(4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (94): [0213J Into a round bottom flask, trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2- trifluoro-acetyl)-1.2.3,4-tetrah ⁇ dr ⁇ -quin ⁇ lm-6-yl ester (34 ing, 0.076 mmol).
  • Example 25 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine P-0076.
  • Step 1 Preparation of4,4 l 6-Trime,thyl-3,4-dihydro-lH ⁇ q ⁇ nolin ⁇ 2- ⁇ ne (98).
  • Aluminum trichloride (1 1 g, 84.0 mmol) was suspended in 30 mL of nitromcthane and 3- methyl-but-2-enoic acid p-tolylamide (97, 5.3 g, 28.0 mmol, prepared similarly to step 1 of Scheme 1 , substituting 4-ethylanilint; 1 with p-tolylamine) was added p ⁇ rtionwise over a period of ⁇ 5 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere at 80 0 C for 12 hours, then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was washed additional 3x with ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were pooled and washed with water, aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off-white solid (98, 705 mg). 1 H NMR was consistent with the compound structure. Additional material was prepared similarly for the next step.
  • Step 5 Preparation of ' 7-hromo-4,4,6-tr imethyl- 1 2 3 4-tetrahy ⁇ o-qu ⁇ nol ⁇ ne (102)
  • Step 6 Preparation of l-benzyl-7-htomo-4,4 6-ti ⁇ methvl-l 2,3,4-tetrahyd ⁇ o-quinohne (103)
  • Step 7 Preparation of l-(l-henzyl-4,4,6-tnmethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-q ⁇ nohn-7-yl)-ethanone (104)
  • l-Benzyl-7-bromo-4,4,6-t ⁇ methyl-l , 2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolme (103, 177 0 mg, 0 514 mmol)
  • l,3-bis(diphenylphosphmo)propane 13 mg, 0 032 mmol
  • potassium carbonate 73 2 mg, 0 530 mmol
  • t ⁇ butyl-(l-ethoxy-vinyl)-stannane (0 61 mL, 1 8 mmol
  • palladium acetate 3 0 mg, 0 013 mmol) in 1 0 mL of water and 3 0 ml of N,N-dimethylfo ⁇ iamide under nitrogen and heated at 80 0
  • Step 8 Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-4,4, 6-tr ⁇ methyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qu ⁇ nohn 7-yl) ethanone oxime
  • Step 1 Preparation of7-acetyl-l-benzyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (106):
  • Step 2 Preparation of 7-acetyl-l-benzyl-4,4-dimethy ⁇ -6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (108):
  • Step 3 Preparation of l-benzyl-7- ⁇ l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl ⁇ -4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2-one (109):
  • Step 4 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-ben ⁇ yl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quin ⁇ Iin-2- one (P-0078):
  • Step 2 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (P-0069):
  • Example 28 Synthesis of Compounds where L 1 is -S(O) 2 - or -S(O) 2 NH-.
  • a mixture of sulfonyl chloride of Formula II (R is e.g. NHR 1 or R ! , where R 1 is as defined in paragraph [0003]), [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid fert-butyl ester (17), and an appropriate base, such as triethyl amine in an appropriate solvent, such as dichloromethane is stirred at 20-80 0 C for 2-24 hours. The reaction is quenched with an aqueous work-up and purified by silica gel chromatography or crystallization to provide Compounds of Formula III.
  • a compound of Formula III is stirred in a suitable solvent, such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane with a suitable acid, such as hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or tosic acid at 0-80 0 C for 0,25-24 hours.
  • a suitable solvent such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane
  • a suitable acid such as hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or tosic acid at 0-80 0 C for 0,25-24 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is quenched with aqueous base and purified by silica gel chromatography or crystallization to provide a compound of Formula IV.
  • Example 29 Synthesis of Compounds where L, is -NH-, -NHS(O) 2 - or -NHC(O)-.
  • Compounds of Formula VIII having either -NHS(O) 2 - or -NHC(O)- linker at the 1 -position can be prepared, for example, in five steps from l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme B.
  • Step 2 Preparation of l-(l-am ⁇ no-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (112):
  • reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature or heated in an oil bath for 2 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is poured into water and extracted with an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane or ethyl acetate).
  • the organic layer is collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula VI.
  • a mixture of a compound of Formula VII, Raney nickel, and ammonium hydroxide in methanol is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 0.5-20 hours.
  • the catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula VIII.
  • Similar compounds with substituents other than ethyl at the 6 position, e.g. optionally substituted aryl, can be prepared similarly, for example, by replacing l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 in step 1 with a suitable compound, including, but not limited to, l -[6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone 38 and similar compounds formed in the reaction Scheme 9 of Example 9; l-(6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 42 formed in the reaction Scheme 10 of Example 10; l-(4,4- dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydr
  • Example 30 Synthesis of Compounds where L t is -NHC(O)NH-.
  • a solution of a compound of Formula X, hydroxylammt hydrochloride, and pyridine in ethanol is stirred at 80-100 0 C for 2-24 hours
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XI
  • Similar compounds with substituents other than ethyl at the 6 position, e g optionally substituted aryl, can be prepared similarly, for example, by replacing 1 -(I -amino-6-ethyl-4,4- dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethanone 112 in step 1 with the product of step 1 of Scheme B made by replacing l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimetliyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethanone 9 with a suitable compound as descnbed in Example 30
  • Step 1 Preparation of tnfluoro-methanesulfomc acid 7-acetyl-4,4-d ⁇ methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- qu ⁇ nol ⁇ n-6-yl ester (113)
  • a mixture of a compound of Formula XIII, a terminal alkync or olefin, a suitable ligatcd palladium catalyst (CuI and an amine solvent such as triethylamme for alkyne) in a suitable solvent such or tetrahydrofuran is stirred at a temperature below 80 0 C for 1-36 hours
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution
  • the organic layer is dried over an anhydrous salt, filtered, concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to provide the alkyne or olefin intermediate, which can be reduced to the corresponding saturated alkyl compound of Fo ⁇ nula XlV by treatment with a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, nickel or platinum under a hydrogen atmosphere
  • a mixture of a compound of Fo ⁇ nula XIII an alkyl tin compound for Stille cross-coupling, or an alkyl boromc acid, ester or alkyl t ⁇ fluoroborate salt for Suzuki cross-couplmgs, and a suitable ligated palladium catalyst in a suitable solvent such or tetrahydrofuran is stirred at a temperature below 80 0 C for 1-36 hours
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution
  • the organic layer is dried over an anhydrous salt, filtered, concentrated and subjected to chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XIV
  • vinyl tin and vm ⁇ l boronate reagents can also be employed to form olefin compounds
  • These olefin products can be reduced to the corresponding saturated alkyl compound of Formula XIV by treatment with a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, nickel or platinum
  • a solution of a compound of Formula XIV, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, and pyridine in ethanol is stirred at 80-100 °C for 2-24 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XV.
  • Renin protease activity is assessed in a FRET (Fluorescent resonance energy transfer) screen.
  • the substrate peptide is linked to a Fluorescent probe (Hilytc Fluor 488) on one end and a quencher on the other end (QXL).
  • protease such as renin will cleave the peptide and the fluorescence signal will increase.
  • IC 50 values are determined with respect to inhibition of renin activity, where inhibition of cleavage of the peptide substrate is measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM.
  • Substrate was 2 ⁇ M Hilyte Fluor 488 -Arg- Ile-IIis-Pro-Phe-His-Leu-Val-Ile-His-Thr-Lys (QXL-520)Arg-NH 2 (Anaspec, Inc.). Renin was at 4 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 210 minutes at 30 0 C, and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50
  • Porcine pepsin protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin.
  • Substrate was 4 ⁇ M Hilyte Fluor 488 -Glu-Dap-Lys-Pro- Ile-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Gly-Lys— GIu (QXL-520)Glu-NH 2 (Anaspec. Inc.). Porcine pepsin was at 0.5 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 30 minutes at 30 0 C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
  • CathcpsinD protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin.
  • Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 ⁇ L into 120 ⁇ L of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 ⁇ L was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 ⁇ L to 100 ⁇ L DMSO) for a total of 8 points.
  • each protease reaction is 20 ⁇ L in I x protease buffer (50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 3.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BSA, 0.01 % Tween-20), 5% DMSO.
  • Substrate was 4 ⁇ M Hilyte Fluor 488 -Glu-Dap-Lys-Pro- Ile-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Gly-Lys-Glu (QXL-520)Glu-NH 2 (Anaspec, Inc.).
  • CathepsinD was at 0.15 ng per sample.
  • the protease reaction was incubated for 60 minutes at 25 0 C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
  • BACE protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin.
  • Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 ⁇ L into 120 ⁇ L of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 ⁇ L was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 ⁇ L to 100 ⁇ L DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each protease reaction is 20 ⁇ L in Ix protease buffer (50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 4.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BS ⁇ , 0.01 % Tween-20), 5% DMSO.
  • Ix protease buffer 50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 4.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BS ⁇ , 0.01 % Tween-20
  • Substrate was 4 ⁇ M Hilyte Fluor 488 -Ser-Glu-Val-Asn-Leu-Asp- AIa-G Iu -Phc-Lys (QXL-520)Glu-NH 2 (Anaspec, Inc.).
  • BACE was at 8 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 210 minutes at 30 0 C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .

Abstract

Compounds active as inhibitors of renin (e.g., compounds of Formula I) are described, as well as methods of using such compounds to treat diseases and conditions associated with the renin-angiotensin system. Formula (I)

Description

COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITION OF RENIN, AND INDICATIONS
THEREFOR
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] Disclosed are novel compounds and uses thereof. In certain embodiments disclosed compounds are renin inhibitors.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0002] In certain aspects and embodiments disclosed herein, compounds are provided, as well as various salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof and uses thereof. Also contemplated in accordance with the present invention are methods for the use of the compounds in treating renin-mediated diseases and conditions. Thus, the use of compounds for therapeutic methods involving inhibition of renin are provided, hi certain embodiments, the compounds are used for therapeutic methods involving inhibition of renin activity, including treatment of a variety of indications, including, but not limited to, hypertension, In some embodiments, compounds are of Formula I, Formula Ia or Formula Ib, as described below.
[0003] In a first aspect, compounds having the structure according to the following Formula I are provided:
Figure imgf000002_0001
Formula I or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
X] and X2 are independently -N= or -C(H)=; n is 0 or 1; L, is a bond, -C(R0R10)-, -C(O)-, -C(RsRiα)-C(RnR 2)-, -C(R13R10J-C(O)-, -C(O)-C(R1 1R 2)-,
-C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(O), -S(O)2-N(R1V, -N(RB)-S(Q)2, -N(Rn)-C(Q)-N(R13)-, or
-N(Rπ)-S(Q)2-N(Rπ)-; Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl and hetcroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R25, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R26;
R2 and R3 arc independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, -R16, or -[C(Rl7Rl s)]a-L2-[C(R19R20)]b-R16, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R27; or
R2 and R" combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl. lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino. di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; a is 1 , 2, or 3; b is O, 1 , 2, or 3;
L, is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R13)-, -C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(O), -C(S)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(S)-, -S(O)-N(R13)-, -S(O)2-N(R13)-, -N(RI3)-S(O), -N(R13)-S(O)2, -N(R13)-C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(RI3)-C(S)-N(R13)-, or -N(R13)-S(O)2-N(R13)-;
R4 is -R21 Or -L3-R21 ;
L3 is -0-, -S-, or -N(R13)-;
R21 is -(CR22R23)p-R24, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents
R29; p is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
R5, and R6 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R'ϋ;
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R31; or
R7 and R8 together form oxo;
R9. R10, R1 ', R12, and each R22 and R23 arc independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
R9 and R10, or R1 and R12, or any two R2i and R23 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they arc bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic helerocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -Oil, -NII2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio. fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; each R13 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl;
R16 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R28;
R'7, R1&, R19, and R20 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or any two R17 and R18 on the same carbon, or any two R19 and R20 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 mcmbcrcd monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R17 and R18 on the same carbon, or any two R19 and R20 on the sam carbon form oxo;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -O-R32, -S-R34, -N(R32)-R33, -C(O)-R34, -C(S)-R34, -S(O)-R34, -S(O)2-R34, -C(O)-O-R32, -C(O)-N(R32)-R33, -C(S)-N(R32)-R33, -S(O)-N(R32)-R33, -S(O)2-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-C(O)-R34, -N(R35)-C(S)-R34, -N(R35)-S(O)-R34, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R34, -N(R35)-C(O)-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-C(S)-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-S(O)2-N(R32)-R33, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R29; each R25 and R27, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -O-R36, -S-R38, and -N(R36)-R37; each R26, R28, R29, R30 and R31, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2. -O-R39, -S-R41, -N(R39)-R40, -C(O)-R41, -C(S)-R41, -S(O)-R41, -S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-O-R39, -C(O)-N(R3'J)-R40, -C(S)-N(R39)-R40, -S(O)-N(R39)-R40, -S(O)J-N(R'9)-R40, -N(R15VC(O)-R41, -N(R15)-C(S)-R41, -N(R3S)-S(O)-R41 , -N(R35)-S (O)2-R41, -N(R33)-C(O)-N(R39)-R40, -N(R35)-C(S)-N(R39)-R40, -N(R35)-S(O)2-N(R39)-R40, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio. fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino. cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R26, R23, R29, R10 or R31, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42, -S-R44, -N(R42VR43, -N(R15VC(O)-R44, -N(R35VS(O)2-R44, -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42. -C(O)-N(R42)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R42)-R43, oxo. halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R26, any two R28, any two R29, any two R30, or any two R31, on adjacent ring atoms, combine to form a fused ring selected from the group consisting of 3-7 membered cycloalkyl and 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, -OH, -NH2, oxo, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino. and cycloalkylamino; each R32, R33, R39 and R40 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy. fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R". Rn, R" or R40, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42, -S-R44, -N(R42)-R43, -N(R3^-C(O)-R44, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42, -C(O)-N(R42)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R42)-R43, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R14 and R41 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R34 or R41, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42, -S-R44, -N(R42)-R4\ -N(R15)-C(O)-R44, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42, -C(O)-N(R42)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R42)-R43, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R is hydrogen or lower alkyl; each R' J and R ' is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R38 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R4" and R43 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy. fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkj lthiυ, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted w ith one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy and each R44 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted low er alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylammo, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy
[0004] Tn some embodiments of compounds of Formula T, X1 and X2 are both -N=, n is 0 or 1 , preferably 1 , and Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-, preferably -C(R14R15)-, X1 is -N= and X, is -C(H)=, n is 0 or 1 , preferably 1, and Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-, preferably -C(R14R15)-, X1 is -C(H)= and X2 is -N=, n is 0 or 1 , preferably 1 , and Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-, preferably -C(R14R >, X1 and X2 are both -C(H)= , n is 0 or 1, preferably 1 , and Y is -O- or -C(R I144Rr> 1153 \)-, preferably -C(R14R13)-
[0005] In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, further to any of the above embodiments of compounds of Formula I, L1 is a bond, -C(R9R10)-, -C(O)-, -C(R9R1^-C(R11R12)-, -C(R9R10)-C(O)-, or -C(O)-C(R1 1R12), preferably -C(R9R10)- or -C(R9R^)-C(R1 1R12)-, and R1 is phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R26
[0006] In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, further to any of the above embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Y is -C(R14R15)- and R14 and R15 are independently lower alkyl or fluoro substituted low er alkyl
[0007] In a second aspect, compounds of Formula I having a structure according to one of the following structures, Formulae Ia or Ib, are provided
Figure imgf000006_0001
or a salt a prodrug, a tautomer or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein;
L4 is a bond, -C(R55R56)-, -C(O)-, -C(R55Rifl)-C(R57R58)-, -C(R55R56)-C(O)-, or -C(O)-C(R57R58);
R43 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl. wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R'0, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R7 ;
R46 and R47 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or -[C(R59R60)]c-R61, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R'2; or
R46 and R47 combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; c is O, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
R4δ is -R62 or -L5-R62;
L4 is -O-, -S-, or -N(R63)-; q is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
R49 and R50 arc independently lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl;
R51 and R52 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl;
R53 and R54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
R53 and R54 together form oxo;
R55, R56, R57, R58, and each R59, R60, R64 and R65 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
R55 and R56, or R57 and R58, any two R59 and R60 on the same carbon, or any two R64 and R65 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoru substituted lower alkylthio. mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
R61 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R7j;
R62 is -(CR64R65)q-R66, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R74; each R63 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
R66 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -O-R57, -S-RM, -N(R67)-R68, -C(O)-R69, -C(S)-R69, -S(O)-R69, -S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-N(R67)-R68, -S(O)2-N(R67)-R6S, -N(R63)-C(O)-R69, -N(R63)-S(O)2-R69, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R'4; each R'c and R72, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -O-R75, -S-R77, and -N(R75)-R76; each R71, R73 and R74, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R78, -S-R80, -N(R78)-R79, -C(O)-R30, -S(O)-R80, -S(O)2-R80, -C(O)-N(R7S)-R79, -S(O)2-N(R78)-R79, -N(R6VC(O)-R80, -N(R6VS(O)2-R80, OXO, fluoro. chloro, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R71, R73 or R74, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -0-R8!, -S-RS3, -N(R8I)-R82, -N(R63)-C(O)-R83, -N(Rd3)-S(O)2-R83, -C(O)-R83, -S(O)-R83, -S(O)2-R83, -C(O)-O-R81, -C(O)-N(R8VK.82, -S(O)2-N(R8VR82, OXO, iluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R71, any two R73, or any two R74, on adjacent ring atoms, combine to form a fused ring selected from the group consisting of 3-7 membcrcd cycloalkyl and 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, -OH, -NH2, oxo, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; each R67, R68, R78 and R79 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R6 , R68, R' or R' \ or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R81, -S-R83, -N(R81)-R82, -N(R6VC(O)-R83, -N(R6VS(O)2-R83, -C(O)-R83, -S(O)-R83, -S(O)2-R83, -C(O)-O-R8', -C(O)-N(R81)-R82, -S(O)2-N(R8VR82, OXO, fluoro, chloro. lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R69 and R80 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro. lower alkoxy. fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as Rw or Rso, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -0-R81, -S-R83, -N(R81)-R82, ~N(R63)~C(O)-R83, -N(R^)-S(O)1-R83, -C(O)-R81, -S(O)-R", -S(O)2-R", -C(O)-O-R81, -C(O)-N(R81)-RS2, -S(O)2-N(R8 I)-R82, oxo, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R'5 and R76, if present, is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R'7 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R61 and R82 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; and each R83 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
[0008] In reference to compounds herein, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, specification of a compound or group of compounds includes salts of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts), formulations of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable formulations), conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof, prodrugs thereof, and all stereoisomers thereof. In reference to compositions, kits, methods of use, etc. of compounds of Formula 1 described herein, it is understood (unless indicated otherwise) that a compound of Formula I includes all sub-embodiments thereof (e.g. including Formula Ia, Formula Ib and all embodiments as described above). [0009] In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, the compound is selected from the group consisting of l -[7-(l-Amino-cth>l)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumohn-l->lJ-2-methoxy-ethanone
(P-OOOl), l -[6-Ethyl-l -(2-metho\y-ethyl)-4.4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrdhydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyldmine (P-0002), l -[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimcthyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-\l]-cthylamine
(P-0003), l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3,3,3-tπfluoro-propyl)-l 2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl]-ethylamme
(P-0004), l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(4,4,4-trifluoro-butyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-γl]-ethylamme
(P-0005),
N- {2-[7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro-2H-qmnolin- 1 -yl] -ethyl } -acetamide
(P-0006),
1 -[7-(I -Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolm-l -yl]-ethanone (P-0007),
C-[6-Ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,1,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl]-methylamine
(P-0008), l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-pyrazol-l -yl-ethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-yl]-ethylamme
(P-0009),
Figure imgf000010_0001
7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-bromo-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinohn-2-one
(P-OOIl),
7-(l -Ammo-ethyl)- 1 -(3-mcthoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lII-quinolin-2-one (P-0012),
7-(l -Ammo-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolu>2-one
(P-OO 13),
7-(l -Ammo-ethyl)-6-ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one
(P-OO 14), l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -pyridin-4-ylmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0015),
1 -[6-Ethyl- 1 -(3 -methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]-propyldmme
(P-0016), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(5-methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmeth\l)-l ,2,3,4-tetrah>dro-quinolm-7-yl] ethylamme (P-OOl 7),
[7-( 1 -Amino-ethyl)-6-cthy l-4,4-dimcthyl-3 ,4-dihydro-2H-quinolm- 1 -> 1] -pyπdm-3 -yl-methanone
(P-0018),
[7-(l-Araino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumolin-l-yl]-pyπdin-4-yl-methanone
(P-0020), l -[l -(3-Methoxy-propyl)-4,4 dimethyl-6-phenvl 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm 7 yl] -ethylamme
(P-0021), [7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4.4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]-isoxazol-5-yl-methanone
(P-0022), l-tl-(3-Bromo-isoxa7ol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0023), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3-methyl-isoxazol-5-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0024),
1 -(I -Benzyl -6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0025), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3-tπfluoromethyl-benzyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamme
(P-0026), l -[l-(3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-6-cthyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3.4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-ylJ-ethylamine
(P-0027), l-[6-Ethyl-l-(3-fluoro-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrdhydro-quinolin-7-yl]-elhylamine (P-0028),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(4-methoxy-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0029), l-[l-(2,3-Difluoro-benzyl)-6-ethyi-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0030),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3»4-tetrahydro-qumohn-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0031),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(4-fluoro-ben7yl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0032),
4-[7-(l-Ammo-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumolin-l-ylmethyl]-pyπdme-2- carbonitrile (P-0033), l-[6-Ethyl-l-(2-fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0034), l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-phenethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0035),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(6-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l, 2, 3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl] -ethylamine
(P-0036), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0037), l-[l-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7- yl]-ethylamme (P-0038), l-(l-Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl)-ethylamme (P-0039),
7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dunethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolm-2-one
(P-0040).
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(2 -methoxy-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0041), l-[6-Eth>l-4,4-dimcthyl-l-(6-methyl-pyπdm-3-ylmethyl)-1.2,3.4-tetrahydro-qumohn-7-yl]- eth\lamme (P-0042). 1 -[I -(3-Methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0043), l -[l-Benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0044) l -[l -Benzyl-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l 2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0046),
1 -(I -Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-propylamine (P-0047),
(R)-I -(I -Ben7yl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0048),
(S)-I -(I -Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0049), l -[l -Benzyl-6-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0050), l -(l -Benzo[l,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine
(P-0051),
7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-l -ben7yl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyM,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (P-0052)
1 -[I -(2,2-Difluoro-bcnzo[l ,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7- yl]-ethylamine (P-0053), l -[l -Ben/yl-6-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrdhydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0054),
1 -(I -Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-64hiophen-2-yl-l ^3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl)-ethylamme (P-0055),
(R)-l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyπdin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0056),
(S)-l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0057), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,l,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0058), l-[l -Benzyl-6-(3-ethyl-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0059),
1 -(I -Ben7yl-6-ben7yloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinohn-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0060),
7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyπdin-4-ylmcthyl)-3,4-dihydro-lII-quinohn-2- one (P-0061), l -[4,4-Dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyπdin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- cthylamme (P-0062), l -[l -Benzyl-6-(3-benzyloxy-4-methoxy-phen>l)-4,4-dimethvl l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-vlJ- eth> lamme (P-0063), l-[l-Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-l,2,3,4-tetiahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0064),
5-[7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl]-2-methoxy phenol
(P-0065),
1 [1 Benz>l 6 (3 chloro phenyl) 4 4 dimethyl- 1 ,2,3 4-tetiah>dio-qumolm-7-yl]-eth>lamme (P-0066), l -(6-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethylamine
(P-0067), l -[l-Benzyl-6-(4-ethyl-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro-quιnolm-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0068),
7 -(I -Ammo-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinohne-l -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
(P-0069), l -(6-tthyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l-phcnyl-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolm-7-yl)-cthylamine (P-0070),
6-(l-Ammo-ethyl)-7-ethyl-4-(2-methox>-ethyl)-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (P-0071),
3-[7-(l -Amiπo-elhyl)-l-benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-6-yl]-benzamide (P-0072)
4-[7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-l-benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-6-yl]-benzamide (P-0073),
1 -[I -Benzyl-6-(3-fluoro-4-methyl -phenyl) 4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yll-ethylamine
(P-0074),
1 -[I -Benzyl -6-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl]-ethylamme
(P-007S), l-(l -Benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0076), l -[l -Benzyl-6-(lH-indol-5-yl)-4>4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0077))
7-(l -Λmino-ethyl)-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0078), l -[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0079),
1 -[I -Benzyl -4,4-dimethyl-6-(5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-l , 2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolui-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0080), and any salt, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof
[0010] In a third aspect, methods arc provided for treating or prophylaxis of a rerun-mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I The terms "treat," 'therapy,' and like terms refer to the administration of material, e g , one or more compound(s) of Formula I in an amount effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms ot a disease or condition, i e , indication, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated The term "renin-mediated disease or condition" refers to a disease or condition in which the biological function of renin affects the development, course, and or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which inhibition of the renin activity alters the development, course and^or symptoms of the disease or condition A renm-medutcd disease or condition includes a disease or condition for v, hich inhibition of renin provides a therapeutic benefit, e g wherein treatment with renin inhbitors, including compounds described herein, provides a therapeutic benefit to the subject suffering from or at risk of the disease or condition In one aspect, the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount ot a compound of Formula I in combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition [0011] In a fourth aspect, compositions are provided that include a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable earner, excipient, and or diluent, including combinations of any two or more compounds ot Formula I l he composition can further include a plurality of different pharmacologically active compounds, which can include a plurality of compounds of Formula I In certain embodiments, the composition can include any one or more compound(s) of Formula I along with one or more compound(s) that are therapeutically effective for the same disease indication In one embodiment, the composition includes any one or more compound(s) of Formula I along with one or more compound(s) that are therapeutically etiective for the same disease indication, wherein the compounds have a synergistic effect on the disease indication
[0012] In a fifth aspect, methods are provided for treating or prophylaxis of a renm-mediated disease or condition in an animal subject m need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I
[0013] In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a kit that includes any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or a composition thereof as described herein In some embodiments, the composition is packaged, e g , m a vial, bottle, flask, which may be further packaged, e g , withm a box, envelope, or bag, the composition is approved by the U S Food and Drug Administration or similar regulatory agency for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, the composition is approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a renm-mediated disease or condition, the invention kit includes written instructions for use and/or other indication that the composition is suitable or approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a renm-mediated disease or condition, and the composition is packaged m unit dose or single dose form, e g , single dose pills, capsules, or the like
[0014] Tn a seventh aspect, the invention provides methods for treating or prophylaxis of a renm- mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, wherein the disease or condition is. for example, without limitation
Cardiovascular and cardiovascular-related diseases, including, but not limited to, hypertension, essential hypertension, malignant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease myocardial infarction cardiac hypertrophy, cardiac fibrosis, ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke, stenosis of arteries, restenosis after angioplasty or other interventions, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy (e g diabetic cardiac myopath), post-mfarction cardiac myopathy), arrhythmia (e g supraventricular and ventiicular arrhvthmia atrial fibrillation and atrial flutter), myocardial ischemia, cardiac insufficiency, unstable coronary syndrome, detπmental vascular remodeling, angma (stable or unstable), diastolic dysfunction, left ventricular dysfunction, and abnormal vascular growth;
Pulmonary-i elated diseases, including, but not limited to, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cor pulmonale, bronchiectasis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, acute lung injury, asthma, bronchiolitis obliterans, bronchiolitis obliterans with organizing pneumonia, cystic fibrosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, connective tissue or autoimmune disease-related pulmonary fibrosis (e.g. resulting from scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, or polymyositis), hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic granuloma (Langerhan's cell histiocytosis), chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, Wegener's granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, silicosis, asbestosis, berylliosis, sarcoidosis, systemic sclerosis, atypical pneumonia, Pneumocystis pneumonia, Hamman-Rich syndrome, histiocytosis X, collagen vascular disease, granulomatous vasculitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung cancer, and tuberculosis;
Vasculitis and autoimmune disease and related tissue fibrosis, including, but not limited to, fibrosis caused by sclerodactyly, scleroderma, amyloidosis, systemic scleiosis, dermatomyositis, dupytren's contracture, Peyronie's disease, polymyositis, amyloidosis, atrophoderma of Pasini and Pierini, Raynaud's phenomenon, Still's disease, eosinophilic fasciitis, Hutchmson-Gilfoid progeria syndrome, Lichen myxedematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, morphoea, porphyria cutanea tarda type 1 , scleredema adultorum, systemic sclerosis or lymphangitis carcinomatosis;
Nephiopathies, including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, Fabry nephropathy, renal fibrosis, nephritis, lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerular sclerosis, renal vascular hypertension, hyperaldosteromsm, chronic kidney disease, renal insufficiency, renal ischemia, renal failure, and renal colic;
Liver diseases, including, but not limited to, hepatocellular carcinoma, liver fibrosis, liver cirrhosis, and hepatitis;
Diabetes and complications resulting from diabetes, including, but not limited to, nephropathy, vasculopathy, neuropathy, and diabetic retinopathy, and
Other diseases, including metabolic syndrome, obesity, thyroiditis, gastπtis, peptic ulcer, inflammatory bowel syndrome (e.g. ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, endometriosis, preeclampsia, brain infarction, interstitial cystitis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer, erectile dysfunction, proteinuria, albuminuria, cognitive impairment, alzheimer's disease, dementia, anxiety states, cognitive di soi dei s, inci eased intraocular pressure, glaucoma, angiogenesis related disorders (e g. macular degeneration), carcinoid tumor, graft versus host disease (transplant), Sjogren's disease, u\ eitis, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, epidermolysis bullosa, aphthous ulcers. stomatitis Behcet's disease, and other diseases known to be related to the the Renin Angiotensin System
[0015] In an eighth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating or prophylaxis of a renin- mediated disease or condition m an animal subject in need thereof, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, or an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, m combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition In some embodiments, the one or more other therapies include, for example, without limitation angiotensin converting enz>me (ACE) inhibitors, including but not limited to, benazepril, cilazapπl, captopπl, delapπl, cnalapπl, iosinopπl, lndolapπl, lismopπl, meoxrpril, peπndopπl, pivopπl, quinapril, ramipπl, rescinnamine, spirapπl, trandolapril, and zofenopil, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including, but not limited to, candesartan, eprosartan, lrbesartan, losartan, olmesartan, sapπsartan, tasosartan, telmisartan, and valsartan, endothelm receptor antagonists, including, but not limited to, ambπsentan, avosentan, bosentan, clazosentan, sitaxsentan, tezosentan), alpha- and beta-adrenergic antogimsts, including, but not limited to, acebutolol, albuterol, alfuzosm, alprenolol, atenolol, betaxolol, bisoprolol, butaxamine, carteolol, carvedilol, cehprolol, dilevalol, doxazosin, esmolol, labetalol, levobunolol, mepindolol, metipranolol, metoprolol, nadolol, nebivolol, oxprenolol, penbutolol, phentolamine, phenoxybenzamme, pindolol, prazosin, propranolol, salmeterol, sotalol, tamsulosin, terazosin, timolol, and tolazme, vasodilators, including, but not limited to, diazoxide, dipyridamole fenoldopam, flosequman, hydralazine, lloprost, isosorbide mononitrate, minoxidil, mtroprusside, and treprostiml, calcium channel blockers such as amlodφine, azelmdipme, bencyclane, cilmdipme, diltiazem, felodipine, fendilme, flunaπzme, gallopamil, lacidipine, lercamdipine, manidipme, nicardipine, nifedipine, mmodipine, msoldipine, nitrendipine, perhcxilcnc, tcludipinc, and verapamil, potassium activators, including, but not limited to, nicorandil and pinaudil, diuretics, including, but not limited to, acetazolamide, amiloπde, bendroflumethiazide, benzthiazide bumetamde canrenone, chlorothiazide, chlortalidone. eplerenone, ethacrvnic acid, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide, mdacrmone mdapamide, mefruside, metolazone, spironolactone, torasemide, tricrynafen and triamterene, sympatholytics, including, but not limited to, clomdme, dobutamine, guanabenz, guanethidine, guanfacme, indoramin, lofexidine, mecamylamme, methyldopa, moxomdme, reserpme, πlmemdme, tπmethaphan, and urapidil, serotonin receptor antagonists including but not limited to ^sce bclo^j, thromboxane-synthetase inhibitors, neutral endopeptidase inhibitors (NEP inhibitors), renin inhibitors, including, but not limited to, aliskeπn, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, including, but not limited to, amrmone, pentoxifylline, sildenafil, tadalafil, and vardenafil, anti-inflammatory agents, such as aceclofenac, acemetacm, alclofenac, algestone, almmoprofen, amcmafal, amcmafide, amfenac, amipπlose, ampyrone, anakinra, amrolac, apazone, azapropazone, balsalazide, bendazac, benoxaprofen, benzydamme, bromelains, bromfenac, broperamole, carprofen, cicloprofen, cintazone, chprofen, clobetasol, clobetasone, clofezone, clopirac. cloticasone. cortodoxone, deflazacort, desomde. desoximetasonc. dexibuprotcn, dexketoprofen, diclofenac, diflumidone diflunisal, difluprednate, diftalone, drocmomde, droxicam, enhmomab, enohcam, epiπzole, etodυlac, elofenamate, felbmac, fenamole, fenbufen, fenclofenac, fenclorac, fcndosal, fenpipalonc, fcntiazac, flazalone, fluazacort, flufenamic acid, flumizole, flunisolide acetate, flumxm, flunoxaprofen, fluocortin butyl, fluorometholone, fluquazone, flurbiprofen, fluretofen, furaprofen, furobufen, lbufenac, lbuprofen, lbuproxam, llomdap, mdomethacm, mdoprofen, mdoxole, mtrazole, isoflupredone, isoxepac, lsoxicam, kebuzone, ketorolac, ketoprofen, lofemizole, lornoxicam, loxoprofen, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, meseclazone, metamizole, mofebutazone, morniflumate, nabumetone, naproxen, naproxol, nimazone, olsalazme sodium, orgotem, orpanoxin, oxametacin, oxaprozin, oxyphenbutazone, paranylme, pentosan, phenazone, phenylbutazone, pirfemdone, piroxicam, pirprofen, prednazate, pπfelone, prodolic acid, proglumetacin, proquazone, proxazole, πmexolone, romazaπt, salcolex, salsalate salyulates, sangumaπum chloride, seclazone, sermetacm, sudoxicam, sulfinpyrazone, sulindac, suprofen, talmetacm, talmflumate, talosalate, tebufelone, tenidap, tenoxicam. tesicam, tesimide, tetrydamme, tiaprofenic acid, tiopmac, tolfenamic acid, tolmetin, tπclonide, tπflumidate, zidometacin, and zomepirac, agents suitable for treating inflammatory bowel syndrome, including, but not limited to, corticosteroids, 6-mercaptopuπne, mesalamme, and TNF anatogonists (including, but not limited to, adalimumab, etanercept, and infliximab), agents suitable for treating diabetes and complications associated with diabetes, including, but not limited to, benzafibrate, cφrofibratc, clofibrate, fenofibrate. gemfibrozil, metformin, pioglitazone, repaglmide, and losightazone, agents suitable for treating cystic fibrosis, including, but not limited to, alendronate, dornase alfa, denufosol, fluticasone, inhaled sodium bicarbonate, miglustat, and perfemdone, agents suitable for treating pulmonary fibrosis, including, but not limited to, azathiopπne, budesomde, cyclophosphamide, dapsonc, dexamethasone, etanercept, lmatimb, interferon gamma- Ib, interferon alpha-2b minocycline, prednisone, methylpredmsolone, and thalidomide, agents suitable tor treating COPD, including, but not limited to, advair and llovcnt, agents suitable for treating liver fibrosis including, but not limited to, adefo\ir dipivoxil, colchicine, comvaptan, e>closponne everohmus, gabapentin, methotrexate, satavaptan, tacrolimus, and zilcuton, agents suitable for treating hepatitis, including, but not limited to, 4-methylumbelliferone and cystadane, agents suitable for treating other nephropathies, including, but not limited to, rapamycin, πtuximab, and dachzumab, agents suitable for treating pancreatitis, including, but not limited to, pancrehpase, agents suitable for treating scleroderma, including, but not limited to, abatacept agents suitable for treating macular degeneration, including, but not limited to, ranibizumab, agents suitable for treating infections that may be result in fibrosis, including, but not limited to, adefo\ ir, azithromycin, aztreonam, ceftazidime, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, efavirenz, itraconazole, lamivudme, lopmavir, ritonavir, nelfinavir, tefibazumab, telbivudine, tcnofoΛir, tobramycin, and zidovudine, other agents suitable for treatment of, for example, hypertension, cardiovascular diseases, or fibrotic diseases, including, but not limited to, amitπptylme, L-argmine, dcpclcstat, hydroxychloroquine, ketanserm, Nitric oxide, nitroglycerin, octreotide, perhexihne, ranolazme, statins (including, but not limited to, atorvastatin, ciπvasUtin, fhrvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, and simvastatin), and tetrahydrobiopterm
[0016] In a ninth aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in an animal subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug The compound can be alone or can be part of a composition In some embodiments, the in\ention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in an animal subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug m combination with one or more other suitable therapies for the disease or condition
[0017] In a tenth aspect, a compound of Formula I will have an IC50 of less than 500 nm, less than I UO nM, less than 50 nM less than 20 nM less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted renin activity assay In some embodiments, the compound selectn ely inhibits renin relative to other enzymes, including, but not limited to, selectivity of the compound relative to other proteases, whether a protease discussed herein, or other proteases In some embodiments, the selectivity is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100- fold more active on renin than any other aspartyl protease, including, but not limited to, any of pepsin, cathepsm-D or BACF Selective inhibition of renin relative to another protease is such that the ICJO for the renin may be at least about 2-fold, also 5-fold, also 10-fold, also 20-fold, also 50-fold, or at least about 100-fold less than the IC50 for any of the other proteases as determined in a generally accepted activity assay for said protease
|0018] Additional aspects and embodiments will be apparent from the following Detailed Descπption of the Invention and from the claims
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0019] As used herein the following definitions apply unless clearly indicated otherwise
[0020) All atoms designated within a Formula descnbed herein, either within a structure provided, or within the definitions of variables related to the structure, is intended to include any isotope thereof, unless clearly indicated to the contrary It is understood that for any given atom, the isotopes may be present essentially in ratios according to their natural occurrence, or one or more particular atoms may be enhanced with respect to one or more isotopes using synthetic methods known to one skilled in the art Thus, hydrogen includes tor example 1H, 2H, 3H, carbon includes for example ' 1C, 12C, πC, 14C, oxygen includes for example 16O, 17O, 18O, nitrogen includes for example πN, 14N, "N, sulfur includes for example 32S, 33S, 34S, 35S, 36S, 37S, 38S, fluoro includes for example 17F, 18F, 19F, chloro includes for example 35Cl, 36Cl, 37Cl, 38Cl, 19Cl, and the like
[0021] "Halogen" refer to all halogens, that is, chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br), or iodo (I)
[0022] "Oxo" refers to =0, e g an oxo substituted carbon atom provider a carbonyl (C=O) group
[0023] "Lower alkyP" alone or in combination means an alkane-deπved radical containing fiom 1 to 6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) that includes a straight chain alkyl or branched alkyl The straight chain or branched lower alkyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound In many embodiments, a lower alkyl is a straight or branched alkyl group containing from 1-6, 1-4, or 1 -2, carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, and the like Lower alkyl that is ' optionally substituted" denotes lower alkyl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherw ise, with one or more, preferably 1 2 1 4 or 5, also 1 2, or 3 -,ubstituents as indicated for example in the description of compounds ol Formula I Furthermore, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein For example, fluoro substituted lower alkyl denotes a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, such as perfluoroalkyl, where preferably the lower alkyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms It is understood that any substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0024] "C>cloalkyl" refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring systems of 3-10, also 3-8, more preferably 3-6, ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and the like Cycloalkyl that is "optionally substituted" denotes cycloalkyl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, m the description of compounds of Formula I It is understood that any substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0025] "Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 atoms m which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the ring are replaced by heteroatoms of O, S or N, and are optionally fused w ith benzo or heteroaryl of 5-6 ring members Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, suit onyl and N-oxide of a tertiary πng nitrogen Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include compounds in which a πng carbon may be oxo substituted, i e the ring carbon is a carbonyl group, for example as found in lactones and lactams The point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl ring is chemically feasible, at a carbon or nitrogen atom, such that a stable compound is provided Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, morpholmo, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydropyridmyl, pipeπdmyl, pyrrohdmyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperazinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, and dihydromdolyl Heterocycloalkyl that is "optionally substituted" denotes heterocycloalkyl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I It is understood that any substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0026] "Aryl" alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic πng system containing aiomatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally fused with a cycloalkyl of preferably 5-7, more preferably 5-6, ring members \ryl that is "optionally substituted" denotes aryl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5. also 1. 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I It is understood that any substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound 10027] "Heteroaryl" alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing 5 or 6 ring atoms, or a bicyclic aromatic group having 8 to 10 atoms, containing one or more, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1 -3, even more preferably 1 -2, heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. The point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring is chemically feasible, at a carbon or nitrogen atom, such that a stable compound is provided. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but arc not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinaoxalyl, indolizinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, tπa/olyi, furanyl, benzofuryl, and indolyl. Heteroaryl that is "optionally substituted" denotes heteroaryl that is optionally independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents as indicated, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
10028] "Lower alkoxy" denotes the group -ORa, where Ra is lower alkyl. Lower alkoxy that is "optionally substituted" denotes lower alkoxy in which Rd is lower alkyl optionally independently substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I. Preferably, substitution of lower alkoxy is with 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkoxy" denotes lower alkoxy in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkoxy is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that any substitutions on alkoxy are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0029] "Lower alkylthio" denotes the group -SR , where Rb is lower alkyl. Lower alkylthio that is "optionally substituted" denotes lower alkylthio in which Rh is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I. Preferably, substitution of lower alkylthio is with 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkylthio" denotes lower alkylthio in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkylthio is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that any substitutions on alkylthio are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
10030] "Amino" denotes the group -NH;. "Mono-alkylamino" denotes the group -NHR0 where Rc is lower alkyl. "Di-alkylamino" denotes the group -NRcRd, where Rc and Rd are independently lower alkyl, "Cycloalkylamino" denotes the group -NR6R', where Re and Rf combine with the nitrogen to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl may contain an additional heteroatom withm the nng, such as O, N, or S, and may also be further substituted with lower alkyl Examples of 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, pipeπdine, piperazmc, 4-methylpiperazme, morphohne, and thiomorphohne It is understood that when mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, or cycloalkylammo are substituents on other moieties, these substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0031] lhe terms "animal subject", "subiect ' and the like refer to human and non-human vertebrates, e g mammals, such as non-human primates sports and commercial animals, e g , equines, bovines, porcines, ovmes, rodents, and pets, e g , canines and felines
[0032] As used herein the term "solid form" refers to a solid preparation (i e a preparation that is neither gas nor liquid) of a pharmaceutically active compound that is suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes The solid form includes any complex, such as a salt, co-crystal or an amorphous complex, as well as any polymorph of the compound l he solid form may be substantially crystalline, semi-crystallme or substantially amorphous The solid form may be administered directly or used in the preparation of a suitable composition having improved pharmaceutical properties For example, the solid form may be used in a formulation comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient
[0033] As used herein, the term "substantially crystalline" material embraces material which has greater than about 90% crystallmity, and "crystalline" material embraces material which has greater than about 98% crystallmity
[0034] As used herein, the term "substantially amorphous" material embraces material which has no more than about 10% crystallmity, and "amorphous" material embraces material which has no more than about 2% crystallmity
[0035] As used herein, the term "semi-crystalline" material embraces matenal which is greater than 10% crystallmity, but no greater than 90% crystallmity, preferably "semi -crystalline" material embraces material which is greater than 20% crystallmity, but no greater than 80% crystallimty In one aspect of the present invention, a mixture of solid forms of a compound may be prepared, for example, a mixture of amorphous and crystalline solid foims, e g to provide a "semi-cry stalhne" solid form Such a ' semi-crystallme' solid form may be prepared by methods known in the art for example by mixing an amorphous solid form with a crystalline solid form in the desired ratio In some instances, a compound mixed with acid or base forms an amorphous complex, a semi-crystallme solid can be prepared employing an amount of compound component in excess of the stoichiomctry of the compound and acid or base in the amorphous complex, thereby resulting in an amount of the amorphous complex that is based on the stoichiometry thereof, with excess compound in a crystalline form The amount of excess compound used in the preparation of the complex can be adjusted tυ pro\ ide the desired ratio of amorphous complex to crystalline compound in the resulting mixture of solid forms For example, where the amorphous complex of acid or base and compound has a 1 1 stoichiometry, preparing said complex with a 2 1 mole ratio of compound to acid or base will result in a solid form of 50% amorphous complex and 50% crystalline compound Such a mixture of solid forms may be beneficial as a drug product, for example, by providing an amorphous component having improved biopharmaceutical properties along with the crystalline component The amorphous component would be more readily bioavailable while the crystalline component would have a delayed bioavailabhty Such a mixture may provide both rapid and extended exposure to the active compound
[0036] As used herein, the term "complex" refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically active compound and an additional molecular species that forms or produces a new chemical species m a solid form In some instances, the complex may be a salt, i e where the additional molecular species provides an acid/base counter ion to an acid/base group of the compound resulting in an acid base interaction that forms a typical salt While such salt forms are typically substantially crystalline, they can also be partially cry stalline, substantially amorphous, or amorphous forms In some instances, the additional molecular species, in combination with the pharmaceutically active compound, forms a non-salt co-crystal, i e the compound and molecular species do not interact by way of a typical acid base interaction, but still form a substantially crystalline structure Co-crystals may also be formed from a salt of the compound and an additional molecular species In some instances, the complex is a substantially amorphous complex, which may contain salt-like acid base interactions that do not form typical salt crystals, but instead form a substantially amorphous solid, i e a solid whose X-ray powder diffraction pattern exhibits no sharp peaks (e g exhibits an amorphous halo)
[0037] As used herein, the term "stoichiometry" refers to the molar ratio of two or more reactants that combine to form a complex, for example, the molar ratio of acid or base to compound that form an amorphous complex For example, a l l mixture of acid or base with compound (i e 1 mole acid or base per mole of compound) resulting in an amorphous solid form has a 1 1 stoichiometry
[0038] As used herein, the term "composition" refers to a pharmaceutical preparation suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes that contains at least one pharmaceutically active compound, including any solid form thereof The composition may include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable component to provide an improved formulation of the compound, such as a suitable earner or excipient [0039] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" indicates that the indicated material does not have properties that would cause a reasonabl} prudent medical practitioner to avoid administration of the material to a patient, taking into consideration the disease or conditions to be treated and the respective route of administration For example, it is commonly required that such a material be essentially sterile, e g , for injectibles
|0040] In the present context, the term "therapeutically effective" or "effective amount" indicates that the mateπals or amount of material is effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or medical condition, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated
|0041] In the present context, the terms "synergistically effective" or "synergistic effect" indicate that two or more compounds that are therapeutically effective, when used in combination, provide improved therapeutic effects greater than the additive effect that would be expected based on the effect of each compound used by itself
[0042] The term "inhibit" is used to refer to a decrease the activity of a target biomolecule, e g , an enz>me such as a protease Generally an inhibitor will be a small molecule, i e a compound with a molecular weight of 1500 daltons or less, or preferably 1000 daltons or less, 800 daltons or less, or 600 daltons or less As such, a compound that inhibits renin (a renin inhibitor) will decrease the activity of renin, for example, the compound will reduce the conversion by renin of angiolensmogen to angiotensin 1
Renin Angiotensin System
[0043] The renm-dngiotensm system (RAS) is involved in the regulation of blood pressure and fluid homeostasis Renin is an endopeptidase of approximately 40 kDa that is produced and secreted by the juxtaglomerular cells of the kidney, and circulates through the blood It is also produced locally m tissues, including, but not limited to brain, heart vasculature, adipose tissue, adrenal glands, pancreas, placenta and kidney, as well as m mast cells, and thus is active in a variety of tissues Renin specifically cleaves angiotensmogen, a naturally occurring plasma glycoprotein, to form angiotensin I Angiotensin-convertmg enzyme (ACE) acts m the lungs kidneys, or other tissues to cleave angiotensin T, forming angiotensin II Angiotensin II constricts blood
Figure imgf000024_0001
and acts to release aldosterone from the adrenal gland, resulting in a significant increase in blood pressure I hus, any mechanism to block the activity of angiotensin II, for example, by inhibiting the formation of angiotensin II or b> blocking the receptors of angiotensin II ma> be effective in treating cardiovascular diseases such as hypertension and congestive heart failure While ACE inhibitors may be useful in such treatment, these inhibitors interfere with other functions of the enzyme as well, including degradation of bradykinm, enkephalins, and substance P, which may result in undesired side effects Additional concerns in using ACE inhibitors or angiotensin II receptors involve feedback whereby renin increases, resulting m increased angiotensin T, which can overwhelm the ACE inhibitor, or increase m angiotensin II, which can overwhelm the angiotensin II receptor antagonists Renin, by contrast, is very specific to cleaving angiotensinogen, and inhibitors of renin are expected to have few side effects The renin inhibitor alibkenn was approved for use in treating hypertension in March of 2007
[0044] In addition to hypertension and other cardiovascular diseases, blocking of the remn- angiotensm system, for example with renin inhibitor, can provide therapeutic benefits in a variety of diseases Segall et al (Nephrol Dial Transplant, 2007, 22 2435-2439) discusses the use of renin inhibitors m treating nephropathies, including chronic kidney disease, diabetic nephropathy and proteinuria, as well as treating cardiovascular diseases, including heart failure and myocardial infarction Discussion of renm-angiotensm system inhibition m renal diseases is also found in Remuzzi ct al (Annals of Internal Medicine, 2002, 136(8) 604-615), MacKinnon et al (American Journal of Kidney Diseases, 2006, 48(1) 8-20), Russo et al (American Journal of Kidney Diseases, 2001 , 38(1) 18-25), and Kelly et al (Diabetologia, 2007, 50 2398-2404)
[0045] Renin inhibitors may also be used to treat fibrosis, for example fibrotic diseases in various tissues, including liver (e g cirrhosis, as caused, for example, by viral hepatitis, schistosomiasis or alcoholism), lung (e g interstitial lung diseases, such as idiopathic pulmonary disease, sarcoidosis, silicosis, drug reactions and infections, as well as collagen vascular diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis and systemic sclerosis), kidney (e g diabetic nephropathy), heart and vascular (e g post myocardial infarction, hypertension, atherosclerosis and restenosis), eye (e g macular degeneration, retinal and vitreal retinopathy), skin (e g keloids, hypertrophic scars, and scleroderma), pancreas (e g pancreatitis), intestine (e g inflammatory bowel disease), and brain (e g Alzheimer's disease and AIDS) Fibrosis results from, for example, chrome inflammation, which is induced by a variety of stimuli, such as infection, autoimmune reaction, allergic reaction, chemical insults, radiation, or tissue injury Discussion of the role of the remn-angiotensm system in fibrosis is found m T A Wynn (Journal of Pathology 2008, 214 199-210), Kisselcva et al (Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatolυgy, 2007 22 (Suppl 1) S73-S78), Zhang et al (Cm rent Fye Research, 2007 32(10) 883- 889), Nagai et al (Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science. 2007, 48(5) 2321-2326, Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science, 2005, 46(8) 2925-2931. and Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science, 2005, 46(3) 1078-1084), Yoshiji et al (Journal of Gastroenterology and Ilepatology, 2007, 22(Suppl 1 ) S93-S95), Yao et al (Respiration, 2006, 73 236-242), Kuba et al (Current Opinion m Pharmacology, 2006, 6 271 -276), and Kuπhara et al (Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science, 2006, 47(12) 5545-5552) Inhibition of renin produced by mast cells m vaπous tissues may also be used to treat a variety of diseases, as discussed in Veerappan ct al (PNAS, 2008, 105(4) 1315-1320) and Reid et al (Immunological Reviews, 2007, 217 123-140)
[0046] Renin inhibitors may be useful in treating cardiovascular and cardiovascular-related diseases, such as hypertension, essential hypertension, malignant hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, cardiac fibrosis, ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke, stenosis ol arteries, restenosis after angioplasty or other interventions, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy (e g diabetic cardiac myopathy, postinfarction cardiac myopathy), arrhythmia (e g supraventricular and ventricular aπhythmia, atrial fibrillation and atrial flutter), myocardial ischemia, cardiac insufficiency, unstable coronary syndrome, detrimental vascular remodeling, angina (stable or unstable), diastolic dysfunction, left ventricular dysfunction, and abnormal vascular growth, pulmonary-related diseases, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cor pulmonale, bronchiectasis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, acute lung injury, asthma, bronchiolitis obliterans, bronchiolitis obliterans with organizing pneumonia, cystic fibrosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, connective tissue or autoimmune disease-related pulmonary fibrosis (e g. resulting from scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, or polymyositis), hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic granuloma (Langerhan s cell histiocytosis), chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, Wegener's granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, lymphangioleiomyomatosis, silicosis, asbestosis, berylliosis sarcoidosis, systemic sclerosis, atypical pneumonia, Pneumocystis pneumonia, Hamman-Rich syndrome, histiocytosis X, collagen vascular disease, granulomatous vasculitis. Goodpasture's syndrome, Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, lung cancer, and tuberculosis, vasculitis and autoimmune disease and related tissue fibrosis, such as fibrosis caused by sclerodactyly, scleroderma, amyloidosis, systemic sclerosis, dermatomyositis, dupytren's contracture, Peyronie's disease, polymyositis, amyloidosis, atrophoderma of Pasini and Pierim, Raynaud's phenomenon, Still's disease, eosinophilic fasciitis, Hutchmson-Gilford progeria syndrome, Lichen myxedematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, morphoea, porphyria cutanea tarda type 1. scleredema adultorum, systemic sclerosis or lymphangitis carcinomatosis, Nephropathies, such as diabetic nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, Fabry nephropathy, renal fibrosis, nephritis, lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerular sclerosis, renal vascular hypertension hyperaldosteromsm, chrome kidney disease, renal insufficiency, renal ischemia, renal failure, and renal colic, liver diseases, such as hepatocellular carcinoma, liver fibrosis, liver cirrhosis, and hepatitis, diabetes and complications resulting from diabetes, such as nephropathy, vasculopathy, neuropathy, and diabetic retinopathy, and other diseases, including metabolic syndrome, obesity, thyroiditis, gastntis, peptic ulcer, inflammatory bowel syndrome (e g ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease) multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, endometriosis, preeclampsia, brain mldu-tion interstitial cystitis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer, erectile dy sfunction proteinuria, albuminuria, cognitive impairment, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, anxiety states cognitive disorders, increased intraocular pressure, glaucoma, angiogenesis related disorders (e g macular degeneration), carcinoid tumor, graft versus host disease (transplant), Sjogren's disease, uveitis, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, epidermolysis bullosa, aphthous ulcers, stomatitis, Behcet's disease, and other diseases known to be related to the the Renin Angiotensin System
Aspartvl Protease Activity Assays
[0047] A number of different assays for renin activity can be utilized for assaying for the ability of a compound to inhibit renin Such assays can be formatted either in a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) format, or using an AlphaScreen (amplified /uminescent /roximit> λomogeneuus assay) format by varying the donor and acceptor reagents accordingly Similar assays may be utilized for assaying the activity against other aspartyl proteases, or other proteases, in order to assess the selectivity of the compound for inhibition of renin One of ordinary skill in the art will know of assays that can be utilized or modified for a particular application, including, for example, the assays described in the Examples below Further, animal models (e g rat, marmoset) known in the art may be used to test the activity of renin inhibitors in vivo
Organic Synthetic Techniques
[0048] A wide array of organic synthetic techniques exist in the art to facilitate the preparation of potential inhibitors Many of these organic synthetic methods are described in detail in standard reference sources utilized b> those skilled m the art One example of such a reference is March, 1994, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure. New York, McGraw Hill Thus, the techniques useful to synthesize a potential renin inhibitor are readily available to those skilled m the art of organic chemical synthesis
Alternative Compound Forms or Derivatives
[0049] Compounds contemplated herein are described with reference to both generic formulae and specific compounds In addition, invention compounds may exist in a number of different forms or derivatives, all within the scope of the present invention Alternative forms or dcπvatives, include, for example, (a) prodrugs, and active metabolites (b) tautomers, isomers (including stereoisomers and regioisomers), and racemic mixtures (c) pharmaceutically acceptable salts and (d) solid forms, including different crystal forms, polymorphic or amorphous solids, including hydrates and sohates thereof and other forms (a) Prodrugs and Metabolites
(0050J In addition to the present formulae and compounds described herein, the invention also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic derivatives (active metabolites), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
[0051] Prodrugs are compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which, when metabolized under physiological conditions or when converted by soholysis, yield the desired active compound Piodrugs include, without limitation, esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of the active compound Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide one or more advantageous handling, administration, and/or metabolic properties For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound, during mctabolysis, the ester group is cleaved to yield the active drug Esters include, for example, esters of a carboxyhc acid group, or S-acyl or O-acyl derivatives of thiol, alcohol, ur phenol groups In this context, a common example is an alkyl ester of a carboxyhc acid Some prodrugs arc activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound may undergo further chemical reaction to yield the active compound Prodrugs may proceed from prodrug form to active form in a single step or may have one or more intermediate forms which may themselves have activity or may be inactive Prodrug of a compound of Formula I includes, for example, a carbamate derivative of the primary amine substitution at the 7 position, i e a prodrug includes where the amine at this position is in the form Of NH-C(O)-OR, where R, for example, is alkyl, such that the compound is metabolized to give the free NH2 at this position
[0052] As described in The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Ch 31 -32 (Ed Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2001), prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categoπes, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs Generally, bioprccursor prodrugs are compounds that are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity Typically, the formation of active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction that is one of the following types
[0053] Oxidative reactions Oxidative i eactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as oxidation of alcohol, carbonyl, and acid functionalities, hydroxy lation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxylation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon- carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-contammg functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, and sulfur, oxidative N-dealkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination as well as other oxidative reactions [0054] Reductive reactions Reductive reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as reduction of carbonyl functionalities, reduction of alcohol functionalities and carbon-carbon double bonds, reduction of mtrogen-containmg functional groups, and other reduction reactions
[0055] Reactions without change in the oxidation state Reactions without change in the state of oxidation arc exemplified without limitation to reactions such as hydrolysis of esters and ethers, hydrolytic cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, hydrolytic cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, new atomic linkages resulting from dehydration reactions, hydrolytic dehalogenation, removal of hydrogen hahde molecule, and other such reactions
[0056] Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e g , that impro\es uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, the prodrug and any release transport moiety are acceptably non-toxic For prodrugs where the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typically the release of the transport moiety should be rapid In other cases, it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e g , certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodextπns (See, e g , Cheng et al , U S Patent Publ No 20040077595, App No 10/656,838, incorporated herein by reference ) Such earner prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs In some instances, the transport moiety provides targeted delivery of the drug, for example the drug maybe conjugated to an antibody or antibody fragment Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties increased lipophihcity, increased duration of pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions, and/or improvement in drug formulation (e g , stability, water solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property) For example, lipophihcity can be increased by esteπfication of h>droxyl groups with lipophilic carboxyhc acids, or of carboxyhc acid groups with alcohols, e g , aliphatic alcohols Wermuth, supra
[0057] Metabolites, e g , active metabolites, overlap with prodrugs as described above, c g , bioprecursor prodrugs Thus, such metabolites are pharmacologically active compounds or compounds that further metabolize to pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives i esultmg from metabolic processes in the body of a subject Of these, activ e metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds For prodrugs, the prodrug compound is generally inactive or of lower activity than the metabolic product For activ e metabolites, the parent compound may be either an active compound or may be an inactive prodrug For example, in some compounds, one or more alkoxy groups can be metabolized to hydroxyl groups while retaining pharmacologic actn itv and/or carboxyl groups can be esteπfied, e g , glucuronidation In some cases, there can be more than one metabolite, where an intermediate metabolite(s) is further metabolized to provide an active metabolite. For example, in some cases a derivative compound resulting from metabolic glucuronidation may be inactive or of low activity, and can be further metabolized to provide an active metabolite.
[0058] Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art, and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein. See, e.g., Bertolini et al., 1997, J, Med. Chem. , 40:2011 -2016; Shan et al., 1997, J Pharm Sci 86(7):756-757; Bagshawe, 1995, Drug Dev. Res., 34:220-230; Wermuth, supra.
(b) Tautomers, Stereoisomers, and Regioisomers
[0059] It is understood that some compounds may exhibit tautomerism. In such cases, the formulae provided herein expressly depict only one of the possible tautomeric forms. It is therefore to be understood that the formulae provided herein are intended to represent any tautomeric form of the depicted compounds and are not to be limited merely to the specific tautomeric form depicted by the drawings of the formulae.
[0060] Likewise, some of the compounds according to the present invention may exist as stereoisomers, i.e. having the same atomic connectivity of covalently bonded atoms yet differing in the spatial orientation of the atoms. For example, compounds may be optical stereoisomers, which contain one or more chiral centers, and therefore, may exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms (e.g. enantiomers or diastereomers). Thus, such compounds may be present as single stereoisomers (i.e., essentially free of other stereoisomers), racemates, and-Or mixtures of enantiomers and'or diastereomers. As another example, stereoisomers include geometric isomers, such as cis- or trans- orientation of substituents on adjacent carbons of a double bond. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof are intended to be within the scope of the present invention. Unless specified to the contrary, all such steroisomeric forms arc included within the formulae provided herein.
[0061] In some embodiments, a chiral compound of the present invention is in a form that contains at least 80% of a single isomer (60% enantiomeric excess ("e.c") or diastereomeric excess ("d.e.")), or at least 85% (70% c.c. or d.e.), 90% (80% e.e. or d.e.), 95% (90% e.e. or d.e.). 97,5% (95% e.e. or d.e.), or 99% (98% e.e. or d.e,). As generally understood by those skilled in the art, an optically pure compound having one chiral center is one that consists essentially of one of the two possible enantiomers (i.e., is enantiomcrically pure), and an optically pure compound having more than one chiral center is one that is both diastereomerically pure and enantiomerically pure. In some embodiments, the compound is present in optically pure form, such optically pure form being prepared and/or isolated by methods known in the art (e g by recrystalhzation techniques, chiral synthetic techniques (including synthesis from optically pure starting materials), and chromatographic separation using a chiral column
(c) Pharmaceutically acceptable salts
[0062] Unless specified to the contrary, specification of a compound herein includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compound Thus, compounds of Formula I can be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts Contemplated pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, without limitation, mono, bis, tπs tctrakis, and so on Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are non-toxic in the amounts and concentrations at which they are administered The preparation of such salts can facilitate the pharmacological use by altering the physical characteristics of a compound without preventing it from exerting its physiological effect Useful alterations in physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing the solubility to facilitate admmisteπng higher concentrations of the drug A compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly can react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
[0063] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts such as those containing chloride, bromide, iodide, hydrochloride, acetate, dichloroacetate, phenylacetate, acrylate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, 2-phenoxybenzoate, 2-acetoxyben7oate dimtrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoatc, methoxybenzoate, methylbcnzoatc, bicarbonate, butyne-1 ,4 dioate, hexyne-l,6-dioate, caproate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, cinnamate, citrate, decanoate, formate, fumarate, glycolate gluconate, glucarate, glucuronate, glucose-6-phosphate, glutamate, heptanoate, hexanoate, lsethionate, isobutyrate, gamma-hydroxybutyrate, phenylbutyrate, lactate, malate maleate, hydroxymaleate, methylmaleate, malonate, mandelate, mcotmate, nitrate, lsomcotmate, octanoate, oleate oxalate, pamoate, phosphate, monohydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, orthophosphate, metaphosphate, pyrophosphate, 2-phosphogl> cerate, 3-phosphoglyceratc, phthalatc, propionate, phenylpropionatc. propiolate, pyru\ ate, qumate, salicylate, 4-aminosalicylate, sebacate, stearate suberate, succinate, sulfate, pyrosulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, sulfamate, sulfonate, benzenesul fonate (i e besylate), ethanesulfonate (i e esylate), ethane-l ,2-disulfonate, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonatc (i c lsethionate), methanesulfonate (i e mesylate), naphthalene-1 sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate (i e napsylate), propanesulfonate, /?-toluenesulfonate (i e tosylate), xylenesulfonates, c>clohexylsulfamate, tartrate, and tπfluoro acetate These pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be prepared using the appropriate corresponding acid [0064] When acidic functional groups, such as carboxyhc acid or phenol arc present, pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include basic addition salts such as those containing benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, ethanolamme, diethanolamme, tπethanolamine, t-butylamme, dicyclohexylamme, ethylenediarmne, N,N'-diben7ylethylenediamine, meglumine, h) droxyethylpyrrohdme pipeπdme, morpholine, piperazme, procaine, aluminum, calcium, copper, iron, lithium, magnesium, manganese, potassium, sodium, zinc, ammonium, and mono-, di-, or tπ- alkylammes (e g diethylamme), or salts derived from ammo acids such as L-histidme, L-glycine, L-lysme, and L-argimne For example, see Remington'i, Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19* ed . Mack Publishing Co , Easton, PA, VoI 2, p 1457, 1995 These pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared using the appropriate corresponding base
[0065] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by standard techniques For example, the free-base form of a compound can be dissolved m a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous or aqueous- alcohol solution containing the appropriate acid and then isolated by evaporating the solution In another example, a salt can be prepared by reacting the free base and acid in an organic solvent If the particular compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid w ith an appropriate inorganic or organic base
[0066] The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the different compounds may be present as a complex Examples ot complexes include 8-chlorotheophylhne complex (analogous to, e g , dimenhydrmate diphenhydramine 8-chlorotheophyllme (1 1) complex, Dramamine) and various cyclodextπn inclusion complexes
(d) Other compound forms
[0067] In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the compounds and salts may exist in different crystal or polymorphic forms, or may be formulated as co- crystals, or may be in an amorphous form, or may be any combination thereof (e g partially crystalline, partially amorphous, or mixtures of polymorphs) all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae Whereas salts are formed by acid/base addition, i e a free base or free acid of the compound of interest forms an acid/base reaction with a corresponding addition base or addition acid, respectively resulting in an ionic charge interaction co- crvstals are a new chemical species that is formed between neutral compounds, resulting in the compound and an additional molecular species in the same crystal structure
[0068] In some instances, compounds of the invention are complexed with an acid or a base, including base addition salts such as ammonium, diethylamme, ethanolamme ethylenediamme, diethanolamme t-butylamme piperazme meglumine acid addition salts such as acetate, acetylsalicylate, besylate, camsylate, citrate, formate, rumarate, glutarate, hydrochlorate, maleate, mesylate, nitrate, oxalate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate and tosylate and amino acids such as alanine, argimne, asparagme, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidme, isoleuune, leucine, lysine methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine or valine In combining the compound of the invention with the acid or base, an amorphous complex is preferably formed rather than a crystalline material such as a typical salt or co-crystal In some instances, the amorphous form of the complex is facilitated by additional processing such as by spray-drymg, mechanochemical methods such as roller compaction, or microwave irradiation of the parent compound mixed with the acid or base Such amorphous complexes provide several advantages For example, lowering of the melting temperature relative to the free base facilitiates additional processing, such as hot melt extrusion, to further improve the biopharmaceutical properties of the compound Also, the amorphous complex is readily friable, which provides improved compression for loading of the solid into capsule or tablet form
[0069] Additionally, the formulae are intended to cover hydrated or solvated as well as unhydrated or unsolvated forms of the identified structures For example, the indicated compounds include both hydrated and non-hydrated forms Other examples of solvates include the structures in combination with a suitable solvent, such as isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamme
Formulations and Administration
[0070] The methods and compounds will typically be used in therapy for human subjects However, they may also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects Compounds of Formula I can be administered by different routes, including injection (i c parenteral, including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular), oral, transdermal, transmucosal, rectal, or inhalant Such dosage forms should allow the compound to reach target ctlls Other factors are well known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms that retard the compound or composition from exerting its effects Techniques and formulations generally may be lound in Remington The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 2\Λ edition, Lippmcott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA, 2005 (hereby incorporated by reference herein)
[0071] In some embodiments compositions will comprise pharmaceutically acceptable earners or excipients, such as fillers binders, dismtegrants, ghdants, lubricants, complexmg agents, solubihzers, and surfactants, which may be chosen to facilitate administration of the compound by a particular route Examples of carriers include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, vanous sugars such as lactose glucose, or sucrose, types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, lipids, liposomes, nanoparticleb and the like Carriers also include physiologically compatible liquids as solvents or for suspensions, including, for example, sterile solutions of water for injection (WFI), saline solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, vegetable oils, mineral oils, animal oils, polyethylene glycols, liquid paraffin, and the like Excipients may also include, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, silica gel, talc, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, sodium alummosihcate, magnesium tπsilicate, powdered cellulose, macrocrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, cross- linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium benzoate, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, stearic acid, aluminum stearate, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarale, syloid, stearowet C, magnesium oxide, starch, sodium starch glycolate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl dibehenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated cotton seed oil, castor seed oil mineral oil, polyethylene glycol (e g PFG 4000-8000), polyoxyethylene glycol, poloxamers, povidone, crospovidonc, croscarmellose sodium, algimc acid, casem, methacrylic acid divinylbenzene copolymer, sodium docusate, cyclodextnns (e g 2- hydroxypropyl- delta -cyclodextπn) polysorbates (e g polysorbate 80), cetπmide, TPGS (d-alpha- tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate), magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol ethers, di-latty acid ester of polyethylene glycols, or a polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatty acid ester (e g , polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester Tween"), polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid ester, e g a sorbitan fatty acid ester from a fatty acid such as oleic, stearic or palmitic acid, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, maltose, lactose, lactose monohydrate or lactose spray dried, sucrose, fructose, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, dextrates, dextran, dextrin dextrose, cellulose acetate, maltodextnn, simethicone, polydextrosem, chitosan, gelatin, HPMC (hydroxypropyl methyl celluloses), HPC (hydroxypropyl cellulose), hydroxycthyl cellulose, hypromellose, and the like
[0072] In some embodiments, oral administration may be used Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated drops Compounds of Formula I may be combined with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain, for example, tablets, coated tablets, hard capsules, soft capsules, solutions (e g aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions) and the like Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars including lactose glucose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol cellulose preparations for example, corn starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch gelatin gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, h>droxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carbox>methylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP povidone), oily excipients, including \ egetable and animal oils, such as sunflower oil, olive oil, or codhver oil The oral dosage formulations may also contain disintegrating agents, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or algimc acid, or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate, a lubricant, such as talc or magnesium btearatc a plasticizer such as ghcerol or sorbitol a sweetening such as sucrose fructose, lactose, or aspartame, a natural or artificial flavoring agent, such as peppermint, oil of wmtergreen, or cherry flavoring, or dye-stuffs or pigments, which may be used for identification or characterization of different doses or combinations Also provided are dragee core!> with suitable coatings For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain, for example, gum arable talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures
[0073] Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin ("gelcaps"), as well as soft, scaled capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture w ith filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stcaratc and, optionally, stabilizers In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols
[0074] In some embodiments, injection (parenteral administration) may be used, e g intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and/or subcutaneous Compounds of Formula I for injection may be formulated m steπle liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers or solutions, such as saline solution, Hank's solution, or Ringer's solution Dispersions may also be prepared in non-aqueous solutions, such as glycerol, propylene glycol, cthanol, liquid polyethylene glycols, tπacetin, and vegetable oils Solutions may also contain a preservative, such as methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like In addition, the compounds may be formulated m solid form, including, for example, lyophihzed forms, and redissolved or suspended pnor to use
[0075] In some embodiments, transmucosal, topical or transdermal administration may be used In such formulations of compounds of Formula I penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used Such penetrants arc generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives Ln addition detergents may be used to facilitate permeation Transmucosal administration, for example, may be through nasal sprays or suppositories (rectal or vaginal) Compositions of compounds of Formula I for topical administration may be formulated as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, and the like by choice of appropπate carriers known in the art Suitable carriers include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils, animal tats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than Cu) In some embodiments, carriers are selected such that the active ingredient is soluble Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants may also be included as well as agents imparting color or fragrance, if desired Creams for topical application are preferably formulated from a mixture of mineral oil, self emulsifying beeswax and water in which mixture the active ingredient, dissolved in a small amount of solvent fe g an oil), is admixed Additionally, administration by transdermal means ma> comprise a transdermal patch or dressing such as a bandage impregnated with an active ingredient and optionallj one or more carriers or diluents known in the art 1 o be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery svstem, the dosage administration will be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen
[0076] In some embodiments compounds are administered as inhalants Compounds of Formula I may be formulated as dry powder or a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol Powders and solutions may be formulated with suitable additives known in the art For example, powders mav include a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch, and solutions may comprise propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol sodium chlonde and other additives, such as acid, alkali and buffer salts Such solutions or suspensions may be administered by inhaling via spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer, and the like The compounds of Formula I may also be used in combination with other inhaled therapies, for example corticosteroids such as fluticasone propπonate, beclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesomde, and mometasone furoate, beta agonists such as albuterol, salmeterol, and formoterol, anticholinergic agents such as ipratroprium bromide or tiotropium, vasodilators such as treprostmal and lloprost, enzymes such as DNAase, therapeutic proteins, immunoglobulin antibodies, an oligonucleotide, such as single or double stranded DNA or RNA, siRNA, antibiotics such as tobramycin, muscarinic receptor antagonists, leukotπene antagonists, cytokine antagonists, protease inhibitors, cromolyn sodium, nedocril sodium, and sodium cromoglycate
[00771 The amounts of various compounds to be administered can be determined by standard procedures taking into account factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC50 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic results in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject The importance of these and other factors are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art Generally, a dose will be m the range of about 0 01 to 50 mg/kg, also about 0 1 to 20 mg/kg of the subject being treated Multiple doses may be used
[0078] The compounds of Formula I may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease Such combination use includes administration of the compounds and one or more other therapeutics, at different times or co-administration of the compound and one or more other therapies In some embodiments, dosage may be modified foi one or more of the compounds of the invention or other therapeutics used m combination, e g , reduction in the amount dosed relative to a compound or therapy used alone, by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art
[0079] It is understood that use in combination includes use with other therapies drugs, medical procedures efc where the other therapy or procedure may be administered at different times (e g withm a short time, such as withm hours (e g 1, 2, 3 4-24 hours), or within a longer time (e g 1-2 days. 2-4 days, 4-7 days, 1-4 weeks)) than a compound of Foπnula I, oi at the same time as a compound of Formula I Use m combination also includes use with a therapy or medical procedure that is administered once or infrequently, such as surgery, along with a compound of Foπnula I administered within a short time or longer time before or after the other therapy or procedure In some embodiments, the present invention provides for delivery of a compound of formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by a different route of administration or by the same route of administration The use in combination for any route of administration includes delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by the same route of administration together in any formulation, including formulations where the two compounds are chemically linked in such a way that they maintain their therapeutic activity when administered In one aspect, the other drug therapy may be co-admmistered with a compound of Formula I Use in combination by co-administration includes administration of co- formulations or formulations of chemically joined compounds, or administration of two or more compounds m separate formulations within a short time of each other (e g within an hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, up to 24 hours), administered by the same or different routes Co-administration of separate formulations includes coadministration by delrvery via one device, for example the same inhalant device, the same syringe, etc , or administration from separate devices within a short time of each other Co-formulations of a compound of Formula I and one or more additional drug therapies delivered by the same route includes preparation of the materials together such that they can be administered by one device, including the separate compounds combined in one formulation or compounds that are modified such that they are chemically joined, yet still maintain their biological activity Such chemically joined compounds may have a linkage that is substantially maintained in vivo, or the linkage may break down in vivo, separating the two active components
Examples
[0080] Examples related to the present invention are described below In most cases, alternative techniques can be used The examples are intended to be illustrative and are not limiting or restrictive to the scope of the invention In some examples, the mass spectrometry result indicated foi a compound may have more than one value due to the isotope distribution of an atom m the molecule, such as a compound having a bromo or chloro substituent
[0081 J Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the Formula enumeiation and R gioup enumeration used in the following examples is not related to such enumeration in other sections of this application The reagents and solvents used in these examples can be readily substituted w ith appropriate alternatives as are known in the art and isolation of products is readily achieved by methods known in the art mcluding but not limited to, extracticn crystallization, and chromatographic methods |0082] Ring numbering for the 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline and 3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one comopunds in the following Examples is as follows:
Figure imgf000038_0001
, respectively.
Example 1 : Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9.
[0083] l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 was prepared in six steps from 4-ethylaniline 1 as shown in Scheme 1.
Figure imgf000038_0002
Step 1 - Preparation of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-eihyl-phenyl) -amide (3):
[0084] To a mixture of 4-ethylaniline (1, 100 mL, 0.809 mol) and 730 mL of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide in 454 mL of dichloromethane, 3,3-dimethylacryloyl chloride (2, 115 g, 0.970 mol) in 454 mL of dichloromethane was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured into 200 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 500 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was crystallized using heptane to provide the desired compound as a light brown solid that was used without further purification in the next step (3, 175 g, >100%).
Step 2 — Preparation of6-ethvl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydrυ-lH-quιnυHn-2-υne (4): [0085] To a solution of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-ethyl-phenyl)-amide (3, 164.4 g, 0.809 mol theoretical) in 1.6 L of 1 ,2-dichlorobenzene, aluminum trichloride (162 g, 1.21 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into 7 L of ice water. To this, 1 L of 2M hydrochloric acid was added and the suspension was extracted with 2 x 4 L of heptanes. The organic layers were pooled, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of heptane and ethyl acetate. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum, and the resulting material was triturated with heptane to provide the desired compound as a white solid (4, 136 g, 83% for steps 1 and 2).
Step 3 - Preparation of6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (5):
[0086] To a solution of 6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (4, 70 g, 0.344 mol) in 700 mL of toluene, 140 niL of borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (1.48 mol) was slowly added at 0 0C, The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 3C for 15 minutes and then stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured slowly into 1 L of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate. After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was extracted with 1 L of ethyl acetate and the pooled organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-50% ethyl acetate in heptane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a clear oil (5, 50 g, 77%).
Step 4 - Preparatoin oj l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro- ethanone (7):
[0087] To a solution of 6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l , 2,3, 4-tetrahydroquino line (5, 50 g, 0.264 mol) in 500 mL of dichloromethane, triethylamine (93 mL, 0,660 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (3.2 g, 0.026 mol), and tπfluoroacetic anhydride (6, 66 mL, 0,475 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 0C for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was back- extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-50% ethyl acetate in heptane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a clear oil (7, 70 g, 92%).
Step 5 - Preparation of l-(7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2- trifluoro-ethanone (8):
(0088] A mixture of l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl)-2,2,2-lrifluoro- ethanone (7, 100 mg, 0.4 mmol), acetyl chloride (78 mg, 1.0 mmol) and aluminum trichloride (100 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 5 mL of nitromethanc was warmed to reflux for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (8, 0.1 1 g, 90%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 328.05.
Step 6 - Preparation of 1 ' -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3 ,4-ietrahydrυ-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9): [0089] To a solution of 10% potassium hydroxide in 5 mL of methanol, l -(7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4- dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (8, 107 mg, 0.327 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 ,5 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (9, 61 mg, 81 %). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 232.40.
Example 2: Alternative preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl)-ethanone 9.
[0090] l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 was prepared in five steps from l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone 7 as shown in Scheme 2.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000040_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of ' 1 '-('/ '-bromυ-6-ethyl-4 \4-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl)-2,2 ',2- trifluoroethanone (10):
[0091] l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (7, 65 g, 0.224 mol) was stirred in 2 L of nitromethane at room temperature. Bromine (15.2 mL, 0.296 mol) was added dropwise followed by the addition of aluminum trichloride (33 g, 0 244 mol) The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature under an inert atmosphere The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and was poured into aqueous sodium thiosulfate and extracted with ethyl acetate The organic traction was washed with brme, dried over sodium sultate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound (10, 79 g, 95%) MS (ESI) [M+HY = 364 1, 366 0
Step 2 - Pt eparation of 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4 4-dιmethvl-l 2 3 4-tetι ahydr oquinohne (11) 10092] A solution of l -(7-bromo-6 ethyl 4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumolm-l -yl)-2,2,2- tπfluoroethanone (10, 79 g, 0 217 mol) in 800 mL of 10° o potassium hydioxide in methanol w as stirred at room temperature overnight 1 he reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was back- extracted with ethyl acetate The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum 1 he resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography elutmg with a gradient of 0 20% ethyl acetate in hexane Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a light orange solid (11, 70 g, 52%) MS (ESI) [M+H"]+ - 267 9, 270 0
Step 3 - Piepatation of 7-bi omo-6-ethyl-4 4-ώmethyl-3 4 dihydro 2 H qumohne 1 carboxyhc acid tert-butyl ester (13)
[0093] I o 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4,4-dimefhyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrah} droqumohne (11, 26 g, 97 mmol) m 300 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 1 M sodium hcxamcthyldisilazide m 107 mL tetrahydrofuran was added at room temperature and was allowed to stir for 30 minutes Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (12, 32 g, 146 mmol) was added as a solution in tetrahydrofuran 1 he reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then quenched with the addition of 300 mL ot bπnc I he mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography elutmg with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexane Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a clear oil (13, 25 g, 70%)
Step 4 - Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4~dιmethyl-3,4-dιhydro-2H-quιnolme-]-carbowhc acid tert-buti I ester (14)
[0094] 4 mixture of 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl 3,4 dihydro 2H qumohne 1 carboxyhc acid tert butyl estei (13, 25 g, 68 mmol), tπ-n-butyl tm-vmyl ether (31 mL, 238 mmol), palladium(II,) acetate (0 47 g, 2 1 mmol), l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propaιie (1 74 g, 4 2 mmol), and potassium carbonate (9 7 g, 70 mmol) in 125 mL of dimcthylfoπnamide and 7 5 mL of water under nitrogen was heated to 80 0C overnight 1 he mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched by adding 250 mL of 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid This, mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel containing saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with mcth\l /c ϊ-bufyl ether T he organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a light brown oil (14, 6 g, 27 %). MS (ESI) [M+H*]f = 354,3.
Step 5 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9): [0095] To a solution of 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l -carboxylic acid tcrt-butyl ester (14, 1.40 g. 0.00422 mol) in 35 mL of dichloromethane, 8.0 mL of 4 M hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (9, 0.88 g, 88%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 232.2.
Example 3: Preparation of [l-(6-ethyI-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoIin-7-yI)-ethyI]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17.
[0096] [l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17 was prepared in three steps from l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 3.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000042_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone oxime (15):
[0097] A solution of l~(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-I ,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-cthanonc (9, 3 g, 10.0 mmol), hydroxylamine (1 g, 40.0 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL, 10.0 mmol) in 50 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting material was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (15, 1.65 g, 50%). MS (ESI) [M i H+]' = 247.15. Step 2 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamιne (16): 10098) A mixture of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydτo-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone oxime (15, 0.8 g, 3.0 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 40 mL of methanol and 8 mL of ammonium hydroxide was agitated under hydrogen (55 psi) in a Parr shaker for 3.5 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a brownish oil (16, 0,8 g, 80%). MS (ESI) [M+tTf = 234.05.
Step 3 - Preparation of[l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17):
[0099] To a solution of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (16, 1.2 g, 2.8 mmol) in 100 mL of dichloromethane, N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.5 mL, 8.6 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (12, 0.4 g, 2.0 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (17, 645 mg, yield 90%). MS(ESI): [M+H+f =333.05.
Example 4: Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0002.
[0100] l-[6-Ethyl-l-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-cthylamine P-0002 was prepared in three steps from l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 4.
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000043_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-methυ\y-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-teιrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone (19)
[0101] To a solution of l-(6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9, 55 mg, 0.17 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile, 1 -bromo-2-mefhoxy-ethane (18, 0,043 mL, 0.45 mmol), potassium iodide (25 mg, 0.15 mmol) and potassium carbonate (84 mg, 0.60 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 20 hours. The mixture was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetalε, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The crude material was purified by silica gel cliromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow oil (19, 13 mg, 27%). MS (ESI) [M+H \ = 290.50.
Step 2 - Preparation of 1 -[6-cthyl- 1 -(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4, 4-dimethyl-l,2, 3, 4-tetrahydrυ-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone oxime (20):
[0102] A solution of 1 -[6-ethyl-l -(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyH ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl]-ethanone (19, 13 mg, 0.045 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.2 mg, 0.090 mmol), and pyridine (0,018 mL, 0.22 mmol) in 5 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was used for the next step without further purification (20, 10 mg, 70%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 305.65.
Step 3 - Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-l-(2-mcthoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-ylJ- ethylamine (P-0002):
[0103] A mixture of l-[6-ethyl-l -(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl]-ethanone oxime (20, 10 mg, 0.03 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide was agitated under hydrogen (55 psi) in a Parr shaker for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow viscous oil (P-0002, 4 mg, 40%). MS (ESI) [M+I-T] ' = 291.00.
[0104] l-[7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]-ethanone P-0007,
Figure imgf000044_0001
was prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 4, where l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9, 20 mg, 0.09 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile is mixed with methyl iodide (0.016 mL, 0.26 mmol) in step 1 , where the 1 -acetyl derivative was formed instead of the desired 1-methyl derivative and carried through the last two steps. MS (ESI) [M+lT]+ = 275.95.
|0105] Additional compounds may be prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 4, replacing 1 - bromo-2-methoxy-ethane 18 with a suitably substituted alkyl halide in Step 1. The following compounds were made following this procedure; l-f7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl]-2-methoxy-ethanone (P-OOOl), i-[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-eth)"lamine (P-0003), l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(3,3,3-trifluoro-propy0-l ,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0004), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(4,4,4-trifluoro-butyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-cthylamine
(P-0005),
N-{2-[7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-^dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]-ethyl}-acetamide
(P-0006), and l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-pyrazol-l -yl-ethyl)-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0009).
The following table shows compounds that were prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 4, where optimal reaction conditions may have varied, for example, in terms of solvents, time and temperature of the reaction, and in chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compounds, with the compound number in Column 1 , the alkyl halide used in Step 1 in Column 2, the resulting compound in Column 3 and the experimental mass spectrometry result in Column 4.
Figure imgf000045_0001
Example 5; Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-l-pyridin-3-ylinethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine P-OOlO and related compounds.
[0106] l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -pyridin-3-ylmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine P-0010 was prepared in two steps from [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17 as shown in Scheme 5. Compounds such as l-[6-Ethyl-4,4- dimethyl-l -(3-trifluoromethyl-bcnzyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0026 were prepared similarly according to Scheme 5a. Compounds such as l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2- methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0037 were prepared similary, using an aldehyde instead of bromomethyl compound in step 1 , according to Scheme 5b.
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000046_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoHn- 7- yl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22):
[0107] To a solution of [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl- 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]- carbamic acid /erf-butyl ester (17, 42.3 mg, 0.127 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile, 3-bromomethyl-pyridine (21, 96 mg, 0.38 mmol), potassium iodide (21 mg, 0.13 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate ( 107 mg, 1.27 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight, then cooled to room temperature and poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (22, 20 mg, 40%). MS (ESI) [M+HY = 424.20.
Step 2 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl~l-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-l,2, 3,4~tetrahydroquinolin-7-vl)- ethylamine fP-0010):
[0108] To a solution of [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -pyridin-3-ylmcthyl-l ,2.3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid fcrf-butyl ester (22, 16 mg, 0.038 mmol) in 0.5 mL of dichloromethane, hydrochloric acid (3 mL, 100 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 .5 hours and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (P-0010, 15.1 mg, 88%). MS (ESI): [M+H1] 1 = 325.05. Scheme 5a
Figure imgf000047_0001
Step Ia - Preparation of{l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-]-(3-trifluoromethy!-bcn∑yl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (22a):
[0109] To a solution of [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]- carbamic acid
Figure imgf000047_0002
ester (17, 15 mg, 0.045 mmol) in 500 μL of N-methylpyrrolidone, l-bromomethyl-3-trifluoromethyl-benzene (21a, 32.3 mg, 0.135 mmol), and N,N- diisopropylethylamine (32 μL, 0.18 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was irradiated 5 minutes at 150 0C in microwave, then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate, then brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2a - Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-1 -(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7 -yl] -ethyl amine (P-0026):
[0110] {l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-l ,2,3,4-telrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22a, Step Ia) was dissolved in 500 μL of dioxanc and 250 μL of 4M hydrochloric acid in dioxane. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 1 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide and purified by HPLC using a Hamilton PRP-3 column eluting with 10%-80% solvent B at a flow rate of 7 mL/minute, where solvent A was 10 mM ammonium hydroxide in water and solvent B was 10 mM ammonium hydroxide in acctonitrile. The appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (P-0026). MS (ESI): [M-NH2 ]+ = 374.3.
Scheme 5b
Figure imgf000047_0003
Step Ih - Preparation υf{l-[6-ethyl-4A-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tctrahvdro quinolin-7-yl]-eth\i}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22b):
|0111) [l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17, 12 mg, 0.036 mmol) and 2-methyl-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (21b, 13.2 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in 600 μL of 95:5 ethanol:acetic acid, and cyanoborohydride on silica (55 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added and the mixture irradiated for 15 minutes at 120 0C in the microwave. The vial was centrifuged to remove the silica, and the supernatant transferred to a new vial. The silica residue was washed with 500 μL of ethanol, centrifuged and the supernatants combined. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2b - Preparation ofl-[6-ethvl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,S,4-tetrahycln>- quinolin-7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0037):
[0112] {l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (22b, 16 mg, 0.038 mmol) was dissolved in 0,3 mL of dioxane and 0.3 mL of 4M hydrochloric acid in dioxane and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue purified by HPLC as per step 2a of Scheme 5a. MS (ESI) [M+H+] ' = 339.00.
[0113] 1 -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine P-0037 was further purified by chiral HPLC to provide (R)-l-L6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2- methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0056 and (S)-I -[6-Ethyl - 4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-cthylamine P-0057,
Figure imgf000048_0001
using a ChiralCel OD-H column, with isocratic 6% Buffer A (Isopropanol with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid), and 94% Buffer B (hexane with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid).
[0114] Additional compounds may be prepared similarly to the protocols of Scheme 5, 5a, and 5b, replacing the bromomethyl compound or aldehyde compound with an appropriate aryl/heteroaryl- alkyl halide or aryl/heteroaryl-aldehyde in Step 1/l a'lb, The following compounds were made following this procedure: l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -pyridin-4-ylmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0015), 1 -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(5-methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0017), l -[l -(3-Bromo-isoxazol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0023). l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3-methyl-isoxazol-5-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylainiπe (P-0024), l -(l -Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-002S), l -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(3-trifluorϋmethyl-benzyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-cthylamine
(P-0026), l-[l-(3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0027), l -[6-Ethyl-l-(3-fluoro-benzyl)-4)4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0028), l -[6-Ethyl-l-(4-mcthoxy-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0029), l -[l -(2,3-Diflιiϋro-benzyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0030), l -[6-Ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0031),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0032),
4-[7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -ylmethyl]-pyridine-2- carbonitrile (P-0033),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(2 -fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0034), l -(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-phenethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quiπolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-003S),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(6-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0036),
1 -[6-Ethyl-l -(2-methoxy-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0041), l-[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0042), l-(l -Benzo[l,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine
(P-0051), and l-[l-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l ,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydrϋ-quinolin-7- yl] -ethylamine (P-0053).
The following table shows compounds that were prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme
5/5a/5b, or suitable variations thereof, where optimal reaction conditions may have varied, for example, in terms of solvents used, time and temperature of the reaction, and in chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compounds, with the compound number in Column 1, the aryl-alkyl halidc or aryl-aldehyde used in Step 1/la/lb in Column 2, the resulting compound in
Column 3 and the experimental mass spectrometry result in Column 4.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
[0115] l-(l-Bcnzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2)3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl)-ethylamme P-0025 was further puπfied by chiral HPLC to provide (R)-l -(l-Benzyl-6-ethyl-4.4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- qumohn-7->l)-cth>lamine P-0048 and (S)-I -( l-Bcnzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dnneth> 1-1 2,3,4-tctrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine P-0049,
Figure imgf000052_0001
P-0048 and P-0049 using a ChiralCel OD-H column, with isocratic 6% Buffer A (Isopropanol with 0.1% trichloroacetic acid), and 94% Buffer B (hexane with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid).
Example 6: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-bcnzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one P-0052.
10116] 7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lII-quinolin-2-onc P-0052 was prepared in four steps from l -(6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3.4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 6.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000052_0002
26 P-0052
Step 1 - Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quhwlin-7-y!)-ethaπoπe (24):
[0117] A mixture of l -Cό-cthyM^-dimethyl-l .Z.S^-tetrahydro-quinolin-V-yO-cthanone (9, 500 mg, 2 mmol), benzyl bromide (23, 0,43 mL, 3.6 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0,92 mL, 5.3 mmol) were combined with 0.4 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone. The reaction was irradiated in a microwave at 100 0C for 40 minutes. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow oil (24, 590 mg, 90%). MS (ESI) [M+H1] ' = 322.30, Step 2 - Preparation of 7 -acetyl- 1 -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 H-quiπolin-2-one (25): [0118] To a solution of l-(l-bcnzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (24, 55,0 mg. 0,17 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane, a premixed fine powder of potassium permanganate (140 mg, 0.86 mmol) and copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate (210 mg, 0.86 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 20 hours, then filtered through a Celite pad and the pad was washed with dichloromethane and ether. The organic portions were collected and combined, the solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow oil (25, 8 mg, 14%). MS (ESI) [M+H'J ' = 335.95.
Step 3 — Preparation ofl-ben~yl-6-ethy1-7-(l~hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- qmnolin-2-one (26):
[0119] A solution of 7-acetyl4 -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (25, 10.0 mg, 0.028 mmol) , hydroxylamine hydrochloride (9.8 mg, 0.14 mmol), and pyridine (0.014 mL, 0.17 mmol) in 5 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 °C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, the organic layer washed with water, brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (26, 10 mg, 70%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 350.95.
Step 4— Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lIl-quinolin-2- one (P-0052):
[01201] A mixture of 1 -benzyl-6-ethyl-7-(l -hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (26, 10 mg, 0.03 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 10 mL of methanol and 3 mL of ammonium hydroxide was stirred under an hydrogen balloon for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a colorless viscous liquid (P-0052, 4.6 mg, 40%). MS (ESI) [M+H+] h= 337.95.
Example 7: Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- propylamine P-0047.
[0121] l-(l-Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4~dimethyl-l, 2, 3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-propylamine P-0047 was prepared in three steps from l-(l -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3.44etrahydro-quinolh>7-yl)- ethanone 24 as shown in Scheme 7. Scheme 7
Figure imgf000054_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-propan-l- one (27):
[0122] l -(l-Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (24, 0.115 g, 0.358 mmol) was dissloved in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran and chilled to -78 0C. Lithium hexamethyldisilazide in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 M, 0.36 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at -78 0C. Methyl iodide (0.0223 mL, 0.358 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Ammonium chloride solution was added to quench the reaction and the mixture was washed with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow waxy solid (27, 40 mg). MS (ESI) [M+H1] 1 = 336.05,
Step 2 — Preparation of 1 -(I -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yI)-propan-l - one oxime (28):
[0123] l-(l-Benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-propan-l-onc (27, 0.040 g, 0.12 mmol), and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.043 g, 0.62 mmol) were added to a solution of 0.5 mL of pyridine in 10 mL of ethanol. The reaction mixture was warmed to reflux for 4 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and ammonium chloride solution. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (28, 20 mg). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 377.0.
Step 3 - Preparation of l-(l-ben∑yl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l, 2,3,4- -tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- propylamine (P-0047):
[0124] 1 -(I -Benzyl-ό-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-propan-l -one oximc (28, 0.0055 g, 0.016 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of ethanol in a Parr vessel. Raney nickel (0.05 g, 0.8 mmol) was added, and the vessel was evacuated and charged with hydrogen (10 g, 5 mol, 55 PSI). The reaction mixture was agitated for 20 minutes. The Raney nickel was removed via filtration and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a pale, yellow, waxy solid (P-0047, 3.3 mg). MS (ESI) [M+lT]+=- 338.05.
[0125] l -[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- propylamine P-OO 16
Figure imgf000055_0001
was prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 7, replacing 1 -(l -benzyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 24 with l -[6-ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-cthanone (isolated after Step 1 of Scheme 4 in preparation of P-0003 per Example 4). MS (ESI) [M+F-Tf = 338.05.
Example 8: Preparation of trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2- trifluoro-acetyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35.
[0126] Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l -(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35 was prepared in six steps from 4-methoxybenzenamine 29 as shown in Scheme 8.
Figure imgf000055_0002
Step I - Preparation of i-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-methoxy-phenyl)-amide (30): [0127] To a chilled (0 0C) mixture of 4-methoxybenzenamine (29, 2.50 g, 20.3 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (2.0 g, 51 .0 mmol) in 20 mL of water and 30 mL of dichloromethane, 3,3-dimethylacryloyl chloride (2, 2.7 mL, 24,0 mmol) was added over a period of -5 minutes, The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was washed 3x with ethyl acetate and the pooled organic layer was washed with ammonium chloride solution and brine, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting brown oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-7% methanol in dichloromethane. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a tan waxy solid (30, 3.78g, 91 %).
Step 2 - Preparation of6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3, 4-dihydro-lH-quιnolin-2-one (31): [0128] Aluminum trichloride (19.1 g, 143 mmol) was suspended in 300 mL of nitromethane and 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-mcthoxy-phenyl)-amide (30, 9.5 g, 46.0 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of ~5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere overnight. Ice was added piece-by-peice to quench the reaction and the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was washed 3x with ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were pooled and washed with water, sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, then concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was crystalized from an ethyl acetate and hexane solution to provide the desired compound as long colorless needles (31, 7.8 g, 82%).
Step 3 - Preparation of 6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (32): [0129] To a solution of 6-methυxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (31, 2.0 g, 9.7 mmol) in 150 mL of toluene, borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (1.7 mL, 19.0 mmol) was slowly added at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 minutes and then stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 150 mL of 10% sodium carbonate solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light brown liquid (32, 1.2g, 64%).
Step 4 - Preparation of2,2,2-trif!uoro-l-(6-methoxy-4,4-dimethy/-3, 4-dihydrυ-2H-qutnolin-l-y/)- ethanone (33):
[0130] To a solution of 6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro~quinoline (32, 4.49 g, 23.5 mmol) in 25 mL of dichloromethane, triethylamine (65.0 mL, 47.0 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (6.6 mL, 47.0 mmol) were added The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the desired compound (33, 5.4g, 80%).
Step 5 - Preparation of l-(7-acetyI~6~hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoHn-l-yl)-2,2,2- tnfluoro-ethanone (34):
[0131] To a suspension of aluminum trichloride (2.6 g, 19.0 mmol) in 8 mL of nitromethane, chilled to at 0 0C, a solution of acetyl chloride (1 1 mL, 16 0 mmol) and 2,2,2-tπfluoro-l -(6-methoxy- 4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumolm-l -yl)-ethanone (33, 1 24 g, 4 32 mmol) m 10 mL of mtromethane was slowly added Once addition was complete, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours The reaction mixture was chilled to at 0 0C and water was added dropwise, resulting in heat and foaming, until all solids were dissolved The mixture was extracted with 100 mL dichloromethane The organic layer was washed with water, ammonium chloride solution and bπne, dπed over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The resulting golden colored oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography elutmg with a gradient of 0-5% methanol in dichloromethane over 40 minutes Λppropπate fractions were combined and the solvents removed to provide the desired compound (34, 656 mg, 48%) MS (ESI) [M+H+]+- 316 2
Step 6 - Preparation oj tnfluoro-methane sulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dιmethvl-l-(2,2,2-trιβuoro- acetylJ-1,2 3 4-tetrahydro-quιnolιn-6-yl ester (35)
[0132] To a chilled (-78 0C) solution of l -(7-acetyl-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2II- quinohn-l-yl)-2 2,2-tπfluoro-ethanone (34 2 1 g, 6 7 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane, pyridine (1 2 mL, 15 0 mmol) and tπfluoromethane sulfonyl anhydride (1 4 mL, 8 4 mmol) were added The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0C for 30 minutes and at room temperature for 2 hours The reaction mixture was poured into IM aqueous hydrochloric acid, then extracted with dichloromethane The organic layer was collected and washed with IM hydrochloric acid, sodium bicarbonate and brme, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (35, 2 4 g, 84%) MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 448 2
Example 9: Preparation of l-[l-beπzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yI]-ethylainine P-0044.
[0133] l-[l-Bcnzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethy l-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumohn-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0044 was prepared in five steps from tnfluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimeth\ 1-1 -(2,2,2- tnfiuoro-acetyl)-l ,2,3,4-letrdhvdro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35 as shown in Scheme 9
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000058_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l-[7-acetyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]- 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (37):
[0134] Into a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2-trifiuoro- acetyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester (35, 50.0 mg, 0, 112 mmol) in 2.00 mL tetrahydrofuran and 0.12 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide in a microwave reaction vial, 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (36, 36.0 mg, 0.257 mmol), palladium acetate (25.1 mg, 0.1 12 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (37.6 mg, 0.134 mmol) and potassium fluoride (23 mg, 0.39 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was warmed to 70 0C for 80 minutes via microware irradiation. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, Filtered, and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (37, 46 mg, 70%). MS (ESI) [M^H1J* = 393.95.
Step 2 - Preparation of l-[6-(4-fluoro-phenyI)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone (38):
[0135] Into a 1-neck round-bottom flask was added l-[7-acetyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (37, 87 mg, 0.16 mmol), potassium hydroxide (26 mg, 0.46 mmol), 15.0 mL of methanol and 2.0 mL of water. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (38, 35 mg, 57%). MS (ESI) [M+H ]" - 298 46
Step 3 - Preparation of l-[l-benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dιmethyl-I,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- vl] -ethanone (39):
[0136] A solution of l -[6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2.3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanonc (38, 35 mg. U.088 mmol). benzyl bromide (23, 0.026 mL, 0,22 mmol) and 0.038 mL of ft,N- diisopropylcthylamine in 0,1 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was warmed to 100 "C for 40 minutes via microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase washed 2x with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow oil (39, 45 nig, 99%). MS (ESI)
[M+HT = 388.0.
Step 4 - Preparation υf l-[l-benzyl-6-(4-βuoro-phenyI)-4,4-dimeιhyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qninoIin-7- y!] -ethanυne oxime (40):
[01371 A solution of l -[l -benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl]-ethanone (39, 45 mg, 0.087 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (50 mg, 0.7 mmol), and pyridine (0.1 mL, 1.0 mmol) in 15 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (40, 29 mg). MS (HSI) [M+Hf]f = 403,45
Step 5 - Preparation of 1 -[I -benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-! ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- ylj-ethy!amine (P-0044):
[0138] A mixture of l-[l-benzyl-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoliπ-7- yl]-ethanone oxime (40, 29 mg, 0.070 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 20 mL of methanol and 3 mL of ammonium hydroxide was agitated in a Parr shaker under hydrogen (55 psi) for 1.5 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow oil (P-0044, 4.0 mg, 14%). MS (ESI) [M-H+]" -387.00.
[0139] Additional compounds may be prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 9, replacing 4- fluorophenylboronic acid 36 with an appropriate boronic acid or boronic acid ester in Step 1. Purification for the last step was alternatively done by HPLC, using Phenomenex Cl 8 column with 20-100% solvent B gradient over 40 minutes, with flow rate of 20 mL/minute, Solvent A was water with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid and solvent B was acetonitrile with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid. For compounds P-0059, P-0063, P-0064, P-0065, P-0066, P-0067, P-0068, P-0072-P-0075, P-0077 and P-0080 the first two steps of the reaction were performed in one step (per the following Step I a for compound P-0059):
Figure imgf000059_0001
Step Ia - Preparation of l-[6-(3-ethyJ-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydrυ-qιdnolin-7-yl]- ethanoπe (38a):
[0140J Into a solution of triflucromethanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2,2,2-tπfluoro- acetyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrah>dro-quinolm-6-yl ester (35, 80 mg, 0 18 mmol) and 3-ethylphenylboromc acid
(36a, 54 mg, 0 36 mmol) in 800μl of acetonitπle, 400 μl of IM aqueous potassium carbonate and
[l,r-bis(diphcnylphosphmo)ferrocene] dichloropdllddium(II) (~0 02 mmol) as catalysis were added and the reaction mixture was irradiated under microwave conditions for 10 minutes at 155 0C The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted 2x with ethyl acetate The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The residue was dissolved m 1 ml of dichloromethane and excess of hexane was added A precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with hexane The filtrate solution was concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as yellow oil (38a, 67 mg) which was used in the next step without further puiificdtion
The following compounds were made similarly to the protocol of Scheme 9
1 -(I -Benzyl -4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0039), l -[l -Benzyl-6-(4-chloro-phcnyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3 4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0046), l -[l -Benzyl-6-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolm-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0050), l -[l-Benzyl-6-(4-mcthoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0054),
1 -(I -Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-thiophen-2-yl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahy dro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine (P-0055), l-[l-Benzyl-6-(3-ethyl-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl]-ethylamme (P-0059), l-[l -Benzyl-6-(3-benzyloxy-4-methoxy-phcnyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]- ethylamine (P-0063), l-[l -Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]- ethylamme (P-0064),
5-[7-(l -Ammo-ethyl)- 1 -benzyl -4,4-dimethyl-l , 2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-qumolm-6-yl]-2-methoxy-phenol
(P-0065), l-[l-Benzyl-6-(3-chloro-phcnyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0066), l-(6-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-eth>lamine
(P-0067), l-[l-Benzyl-6-(4-ethyl-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3.4-tetrahydro-qumohn-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0068),
3-[7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2 3 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl]-benzamide (P-0072),
4-f7-(l -Aminϋ-ethyl)-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6->l]-benzamide (P-0073), l -[l -Bcnzyl-6-(3-fluoro-4-meth\ l-phen>l)-4 4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7 yl] -ethylamme
(P-0074), l-[l-Benzyl-6-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine
(P-0075),
1-[1 Benzyl 6 (IH indol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinϋlin-7-> l]-eth>lamine (P-0077), and l-[l-Benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-(5-methyI-thiophen-2-yl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]-ethylamine (P-0080).
The following table shows compounds that were prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 9, where optimal reaction conditions may have varied, for example, in terms of solvents, time and temperature of the reaction, and in chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compounds, with the compound number in Column 1 , the boronic acid or ester used in Step 1 or Ia in Column 2, the resulting compound in Column 3 and the experimental mass spectrometry result in Column 4.
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Example 10: Preparation of l-(l-Benzyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl)-ethylamine P-0060.
|0141] 1 -(I -Benzyl-6-ben2:yloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-cthylamine P-0060 was prepared in five steps from l -(7-acetyl-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)- 2,2.2-trifluoro-ethanone 34 as shown in Scheme 10.
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000063_0002
iSYe/7 7 - Preparation of l-(7-acetyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2II-quinυlm-l-yl)-2,2,2- trifluoro-ethanone (41):
[0142] To a solution of l-(7-acetyl-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2- trifluoro-ethanonc (34, 500,0 mg, 1 ,58 mrnol) in 30 mL of acetone, potassium carbonate (600 mg, 4,8 mrnol), potassium iodide (260 mg, 1.6 mmol) and benzyl bromide (23, 0.21 mL, 1.7 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (41, 422 mg, 65%). Step 2 — Preparation of l-(6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (42): [0143] Into a 1-neck round-bottom flask, l -(7-acetyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2II- quinolin-l -yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone (41, 550 mg, 1.35 inmol) and 1 N potassium hydroxide (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol), were mixed in 25 mL of methanol. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as pale yellow solid (42, 400 mg, 95 %). MS (ESI) [M^H+J+= 310,2.
Step 3 - Preparation of 1 ' -(l-ben∑yl-6-benzylυxy-4 ,4-dimethyl-l ,2 \3 ,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-/" 7-y0- ethanone (43):
[0144] A solution of l -(6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-ls2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (42, 422 mg, 1.36 mmol), benzyl bromide (23, 0.49 mL, 4.1 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.71 mL) in 20 mL of N-methylpyrrolidonc was warmed to 100 0C for 40 minutes via microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed 2x with brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as pale yellow oil (43, 266 mg, 41 %). MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000064_0001
Step 4 — Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-6-benzyloxy-4, 4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone oxime (44):
[0145] A solution of l-(l-benzyl-6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone (43, 100 mg, 0.25 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (35 mg, 0.50 mmol), and pyridine (0.04 mL, 0.5 mol) in 15 mL of ethanol was stirred at at 80 0C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (44, 60 mg, 57 %). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 415.2.
Step 5 - Preparation of 1 '-(I -benzyl-ό-benzyloxy-4 ',4-dimethyl- 1 ,2 ',3 ' ,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-/' '-yl)- ethylamine (P-0060):
[0146] Λ mixture of l -(14>enzyl-64TCnzyloxy-4,4-dimethyM ,2,3,44etrahydro<minolin-7-yl)- ethanone oxime (44, 30 mg, 0,072 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide was agitated in a Parr shaker under hydrogen (55 psi) for 1.5 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow oil (P-0060, 7.2 mg, 25 %). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+= 400.8. Example 11 : Preparation of 2-methyI-pyridine-4-carbaIdehyde 21b.
(0147] 2-Methyl-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde 21b (used e.g. in Scheme 5b) was prepared in three steps from 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid 45 as shown in Scheme 1 1 .
Scheme 11
Figure imgf000065_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid pentafluorophenyl ester (47): [0148] To a suspension of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid (45, 2,74 g, 20 mmol) and pcntafluorophenol (46, 3.7 g, 20 mmol) in 100 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (3, 1 niL, 20 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was collected and used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 ~ Preparation of(2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-methanol (48):
[0149] To a solution of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid pentafluorophenyl ester (47), lithium borohydride (12 mL, 2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then cooled with ice water bath and 40 mL of IN sodium hydroxide was slowly added. The mixture was then extracted with chloroform and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with hexanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a white solid (48, 2.38 g, 80%). MS (ESI) [M+H*] ' = 123.85.
Step 3 - Preparation of2-methylpyridine-4-carbaldehyde (21b):
[0150] A solution of chromium (Vl) oxide (2 g, 20 mmol), pyridine (4 mL, 50 mmol) and 20 mL of dichloromefhane was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this mixture, cooled with an ice water bath, (2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-methanol (48, 0.5 g, 4.0 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled with an ice water bath and diluted with ethyl acetate, then filtered through a pad of Celite, The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with hexanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a colorless liquid (21b, 0.1 g, 20%), Example 12: Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0062.
[0151] l -[4,4-Dimcthyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl]-ethylamine P-0062 was prepared in four steps from trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4- dimethy]-l -(2,2,2-trifiuoro-acetyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35 as shown in Scheme 12.
Scheme 12
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of I-(4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (50): [0152] Into a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2-trifluoro- acety])-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester (35, 100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 3 mL of tetrahydrofuran in a microwave reaction vial, 4-toluene boronic acid (49, 61 mg, 0.45 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (~2 mg, catalyst) were added. The reaction mixture was warmed to 70 0C for 20 minutes via microware irradiation. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (50, 28 mg, 42%). MS (ESI) [M+HT=- 294.3.
Step 2 - Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-I-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylrnethylj-6-p-tolyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-ylJ-ethunυne (51):
[0153] To a mixture of 2-methylpyridine-4-carbaldehyde (21b, 14 mg, 0.11 mmol) and l -(4,4- dimethyl-ό-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolm-7-yl)-cthanone (50, 1 00 mg. 0.4 mmol) in 5 mL of acetonitrile, triethylsilane (0.2 mL, 1.2 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.4 mL, 5.0 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and partitioned between aqueous potassium carbonate and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (51, 18 mg, 47%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 399.2.
Step 3 Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl~l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl] -ethanone oxime (52):
[0154] A solution of l -[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethanonc (51, 22,7 mg. 0.057 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (7.9 mg, 0, 1 1 mmol), and 0.03 rnL of pyridine in 15 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magenesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (52, 10 mg, 43 %). MS (ESI) [M+H+J ' = 414.2.
Step 4 — Preparation of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-ρyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-ylJ-ethylamine (P-0062):
[0155] A mixture of l-[4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- qumolin-7-yl] -ethanone oxime (52, 10 mg, 0.024 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 1 mL of ammonium hydroxide was agitated in a Parr shaker under hydrogen (55 psi) for 1.5 hours. Filtration and silica gel chromatography provided the desired compound as a yellow oil (P-0062, 0.9 mg, 9%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+= 400.3.
Example 13: Preparation of l-[7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H- quinolin-l-yl]-2-methoxy-ethanone P-0001
[0156] l -[7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl]-2-methoxy- ethanone P-0001 was prepared in three steps from l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 13.
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l~(7-acetyl-ό-ethyl-4,4-dιmethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-I-yl)-2-methoxy~ ethanone (54):
[0157] To a mixture of l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-cthanone (9, 1 10 mg, 0.43 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2 2 mmol), and 4-dimethylaminopyπdine (5 mg, 0.04 mmol) in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. mcthoxyacetyl chloride (53, 0 12 mL, 1 ,3 mmol) in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwisc at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethanc. The organic layer was collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate and hexanes to provide the desired compound as a light brown oil (54, 81 mg, 62%). MS (HSI) [M+H'f = 304.50.
Step 2 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-7-(l-hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoHn-l- yl)-2-methυxy-ethanone (55):
[0158] A solution of l-(7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2-methoxy- ethanone (54, 75 mg, 0.25 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (30 mg, 0.5 mmol), and pyridine (0.1 mL, 1 mmol) in 10 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate and hexanes to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (55, 40 mg, 50%). MS (ESI) [M+Hff = 319.45.
Step 3 - Preparation of l-[7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-ylJ-2- methoxy-ethanone (P-OOOl):
|0159] A mixture of 1 -(6-ethyl-7-(l -hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimcthyl-3,4-dmydro-2H-quinolin-l - yl)-2-methoxy-cthanone (55, 40 mg, 0.1 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 6 mL of methanol and 3 mL of ammonium hydroxide was shaken under hydrogen (55 psi) for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with methanol and dichloromethane to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (P-OOOl, 22 mg, 60%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]* = 305.95.
Example 14: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-(3-methoxy-propy])-4,4-diπiethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4- dihydro-lII-quinolin-2-one P-0040 and l-[l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-diinethyl-6-p-tolyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0043.
[0160] 7-( 1 -amino-ethyl)- 1 -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2- onc P-0040 and 1-[1 -(3-methoxy-proρyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p4olyM ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine P-0043 were prepared in eight steps from 3-ethylaniline 56 as shown in Scheme 14. Scheme 14
Figure imgf000069_0001
P-0043
Step 1 Preparation of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (3 -ethyl -phenyl) -amide (57): [0161] To a mixture of 3-ethylaniline (56, 20.00 g, 0.16 mol) and sodium hydroxide (16 g, 0.41 mol) in 160 mL of water and 100 mL of dichloromethane, a solution of 3,3-dimcthylacryloyl chloride (2, 22 mL, 0.20 mol) in 50 mL of dichloromethane was slowly added at __5 0C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, then poured into 400 mL of water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were collected, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by recrystallization from ethyl acetate and hexanes to provide the desired compound as a white solid (57, 31 1 g, 93%). MS (ESI) [M+H4] ' - 204.15.
Step 2 - Preparation of "/ '-ethyl-4 '-,4-dimethyl-3 ',4-dihydro-l ' H-quinolin-2-onc (58): [0162] To a suspension of aluminum trichloride (13.1 g. 98,4 mmol) in 50 mL of 1 ,2- dichlυrobenzene, a solution of 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (3-ethyl-phenyl)-amide (57, 10 g, 49.19 mmol) in chlorobenzcnc was added dropwisc at 0-10 0C. After completion of addition, the mixture was stirred at 1 10 0C for 2 hours, then cooled down to room temperature and poured into crashed ice. To this mixture was added 60 mL of 2 M hydrochloric acid solution, followed bv extraction with dichloromethane. The organic layers were collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by recrystallization from ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a white solid (58, 9.9 g, 89%).
Step 3 - Preparation of6-bromo-7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quino1m-2-one (59): [0163] To a solution of 7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (58, 3.0 g, 15.0 mmol) in 100 ml of nitromethane, bromine (0.84 rnL, 16.0 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by aluminum trichloride (100 mg, 0.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into ice, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes and dichloromethane and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a white solid (59, 2.4 g, 58%). MS (ESI) [M+HT - 283.90.
Step 4 - Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (60): [0164] To a mixture of 6-bromo-7-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (59, 1 g, 3 mmol) in 50 ml of dichloromethane, a premixed fine powder of potassium permanganate (4 g, 20.0 mmol) and copper(II) sulfate pentahydratc (6 g, 20.0 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 72 hours, and then filtered through a Celite pad. The Celite pad was washed with dichloromethane and ether. The organic portions were collected and combined and solvents removed under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes and dichloromethane and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a white solid (60, 0.13 g, 20%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 295/297.87.
Step 5 - Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-bromo-l-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin- 2-one (62):
[0165] To a solution of 7-acetyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (60, 170 mg, 0.57 mmol) in 10 ml of acetonitrile, l -bromo-3-methoxy-propane (61, 120 mg, 0.75 mmol), potassium iodide (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (240 mg, 1.7 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours, then cooled down and poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes'dichloromethane/ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (62, 0.11 g, 42%). Step 6 - Preparation of 7-acetyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihvdro-lH- quinolin-2-one (63) -
[0166] To a mixture of p-tolyl boronic acid (49, 18 mg, 0.13 mmol), potassium phosphate (37 mg, 0.17 mmol), palladium acetate (4 mg, 0.02 mmol), and diphenyl(t-Bu)2 (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran in a sealed tube, 7-acetyl-6-bromo-l-(2-methoxy-cthyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro- lH-quinolin-2-one (62, 32 mg, 0.087 mmol) in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 CC for 20 hours, then quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (63, 15 mg, 44%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 380.05.
Step 7 - Preparation of7-{l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4~dimethyl-6-p-tolyl- 3, 4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (64):
|0167] A solution of 7~acetyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-l H- quinolin-2-one (63, 19 mg, 0.04 mmol), hydroxylaminc (3 mg, 0.09 mmol), and a drop of pyridine in 4 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was used in next step without further purification.
Step 8a Preparation of7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-(3-methoxy-prυpyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0040):
[0168] A mixture of 7-{l-[(E)-hydroxyimmo]-ethyl}-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl- 3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (64, 12 mg, 0.02 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 1 mL of ammonium hydroxide was shaken under hydrogen (55 psi) for 4 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC, mobile phase A, 5% of acetonitrile, 95% water, 0.1 % acetic acid, and mobile phase B, 95% acetonitrile, 5% of water, 0.1 % of acetic acid, to provide the desired compound as a white solid (P-0040, 6 mg, 70%). MS (ESl) [M-NH1]' = 364.00.
Step 8h -Preparation of L (I buty!-4,4~diniethy/-6-p-tofyI~l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine (P-0043):
[0169] To a solution of 7-{ 1 -[(E)-hydroxyimino]-cthyl} -1 -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimefhyl-6-p- tolyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (64, 10 mg, 0.02 mmol) in 5 mL of toluene, borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (0.05 mL, 0.6 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 3 hours, then cooled down and poured into 20 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The organic layer was collected, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with bnne, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was separated by preparative TLC, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (P-0043, 1.1 mg, 20%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 367.00.
Example 15: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-cthyl)-6-ethyM~(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one P-OO 14.
10170) 7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2- one P-0014 was prepared in four steps from l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl- 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 15 ,
Scheme 15
Figure imgf000072_0001
Step 1 - Preparation f l-[6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dιmethyl-l ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7 - yl] -ethanone (65):
[0171] To a solution of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9, 190 mg, 0.82 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile, l-bromo-3-methoxy-propane (61, 184 mg, 1.2 mmol), potassium iodide (140 mg, 0.82 mmol) and potassium carbonate (450 mg, 3.3 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 20 hours, then cooled down and poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as yellow oil (65, 84 mg, 34%).
Step 2 -■ Preparation of 7-acetyl~6~ethyl~l~(3-methox)}-propy l)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (66):
10172) To a solution of 1 -[6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-ylJ -ethanone (65, 81 mg, 0.27 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane, a premixed fine powder of potassium permanganate (210 mg, 1.3 mmol) and coppcr(ll) sulfate pentahydrate (330 mg, 1,3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 3 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the pad was washed with dichloroinethane and ether. The organic portions were collected and combined, the solvent removed under vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as light yellow oil (66, 50 mg, 60%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 318.05.
Step 3 - Preparation of6-ethyl-7-{l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3, 4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (67):
[0173] A solution of 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propy i)-4,4-diinefhyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin- 2-one (66, 0.08 g, 0.1 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.04 g, 0.5 mmol), and pyridine (0.1 mL, 1 mol) in 5 mL of cthanol was stirred at 80 0C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrated concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was used in the next step without purification.
Step 4 Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro- lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0014):
[0174] A mixture of 6-ethyl-7-{ l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl} -l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (67, 32 mg, 0.048 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide was shaken under hydrogen (55 psi) for 4 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC, mobile phase A, 5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 0.1% acetic acid and mobile phase B, 95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 0.1% of acetic acid, to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (P-0014, 4.3 mg, 28%). MS (HSl) [JVb-HT ~ 319.2.
Example 16: Preparation of [7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin- l-y]]-pyridiπ-3-yl-methanone P-0018.
[0175] [7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]-pyridin-3-yl- methanone P-0018 was prepared in two steps from nicotinic acid 68 and [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimefhyl- l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid ferr-butyl ester 17 as shown in Scheme 16. Scheme 16
Figure imgf000074_0001
P-0018
Step I - Preparation of{l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimβthyl-l-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-l,2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (69):
[0176] A suspension of nicotinic acid (68, 100 mg, 0.8 mmol) in thionyl chloride (5 rnL, 70,0 mmol) was stirred at 85 0C for 2 hours. The excess of thionyl chloride was removed under vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane, to which a mixture of [ 1 -(6 -ethyl -4,4- dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17, 60 mg, 0.2 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.10 mL, 0.6 mmol) in 2 mL of dichloromethane was added. The reaction mixture was at room temperature for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (69, 64 mg, 80%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+= 438.70.
Step 2 - Preparation of[7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-γI]- pyridin-3-yl-methanone (P-0018):
|0177] To a solution of {l -[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (69) in 3 mL of dichloromethane, a solution of hydrochloric acid (0.2 mL, 4 M in dioxane) in 1 mL of dichloromethane was added. The reaction mixture was at room temperature for 2 hours, then poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated and dried under vacuum to provide the hydrochloric acid salt of the desired compound as a light yellow viscous oil (P-0018, 7 mg, 90%). MS (ESI) [M+lT]+ = 339.00.
[0178] [7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]-pyridin-4-yl- methanone P-0020, and [7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl]- isoxazol-5-yl-methanone P-0022,
Figure imgf000074_0002
were prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 16, where optimal reaction conditions may have varied, for example, any of time and temperature of the reaction or chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compounds, replacing nicotinic acid 68 with isonicotinic acid and isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid, respectively, in step 1 , MS (ESI) [M+HY = 338.95 (P-0020); 329.15 (P-0022).
Example 17: Preparation of l-[l-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyI)-6-ethyI-4,4- dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0038.
[0179] l -[l-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0038 was prepared in two steps from [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimefhyl-l , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid /erf-butyl ester 17 as shown in Scheme 17.
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000075_0001
Step 1 Preparation of { l-[ l~(2,2-difluoro-benzo[ 1 ,3] dioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyi-4,4-dimethyl- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (71):
[0180] To a mixture of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxole-5-carbaldehyde (70, 48 mg, 0.26 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydπde (8.1 mg, 0.13 mmol) in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran in a sealed tube, [l-(6- ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17, 29 mg, 0.086 mmol) in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 0C for 20 hours, then quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate, The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (71, 32 mg, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+H Y = 503.10.
Step 2- Preparation of l-[l-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxυl-5-ylmethy1)-6-ethyl-4,4-dhnethyl-L2,3, 4- tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0038).
[0181] To { l-[l -(2,2-difluoro-benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid cert-butyl ester (71, 32 mg, 0.064 mmol) dissolved in 1 mL of dichloromethane, hydrochloric acid (0.2 mL, 4.0 M in dioxane) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (P-0038, 20 mg, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+H'] ' = 404.45.
Example 18: Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quiπolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0058.
10182] 1 -[6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethylamine P-0058 was prepared in two steps from [l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl- 1 ,2,3.4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17 as shown in Scheme 1 8.
Figure imgf000076_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of {l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-hutyl ester (73):
10183] A solution of [l -(6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-l , 2, 3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid fcrt-butyl ester (17, 16 mg, 0.048 mmol), iodomethyl tetrahydropyran (72, 13 mg, 0.058 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine in 3 mL of acetonitrile was irradiated in a microwave at 180 0C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with hexanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (73, 14 mg, 68%). MS (KSl) [M+HhJ v = 431.06.
Step 2 ~ Preparation of l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin- 7-yl] -ethylamine (P-0058):
10184] To a solution of {l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl] -ethyl }-carbamic acid ?ert-butyl ester (73, 85 mg, 0,2 mmol) in 5 mL of acetonitrile, hydrochloric acid (0.2 ml,, 4.0 M in dioxane) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromcthane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a yellow viscous liquid (P-0058, 52 mg, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 330.95. Example 19: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl~pyridin-4- ylmethyl)-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one P-0061.
|0185] 7-(l-Arnino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethy])-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one P-0061 was prepared in three steps from [l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl- 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17 as shown in Scheme 19.
Scheme 19
Figure imgf000077_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of {l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quirιoIin-7-ylJ-ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (74):
[0186] To a mixture of 2-methylpyridine-4-carbaldehyde (49, 100 mg, 0.8 mmol) and [l-(6-ethyl- 4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (17, 100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in 3 ml ethanol:acetic acid (95:5), sodium cyanoborohydride (50 mg, 0.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was irradiated at 120 0C for 30 minutes, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (74, 40 mg, 30%). MS (ESI) [M+lT]+ = 439.00.
Step 2 - Preparation υf{l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methy l-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-2-oxo- 1 ,2 ,3 ,4 - tetrahydro-quinolin-'/ 7-yl] ' -ethyl} -carbamic acid tert-butyl eater (75):
[0187] To a solution of {l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-l ,2,3.4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (74, 20 mg, 0.044 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane, a fine powder pre-mixturc of potassium permanganate (25 mg, 0.16 mmol) and copper(ll) sulfate pentahydrate (39 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 2.5 hours, then filtered through a Celite pad and the Celite residue was washed with dichloromethane and ether. The organic portions were collected and combined, the solvents removed under vacuum, and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a light yellow oil (75, 7 mg, 35%) MS (ESI) [M+H']* = 452.15. Step 3 - Preparation of7-(l-aminυ-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (P-0061):
|0188] A solution of {l-[6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2-methy l-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-2-oxo-l,2,3,4 - tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (75, 7 mg, 0.016 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane, hydrogen chloride (0.1 mL, 3 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours, then concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC, mobile phase A, 5% acetonitrile, 95% water, and mobile phase B, 95% acetonitrile, 5% water, to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (P-0061 , 1.6 mg, 28%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 352.3.
Example 20: Preparation of 6-(l-amiπo-ethyl)-7-ethyl-4-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4H- benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one P-0071.
|0189] 6-(l-Λmino-ethyl)-7-ethyl-4-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one P-0071 was prepared in seven steps from N-(4-acetyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) acetamide 80 as shown in Scheme 20,
Scheme 20
Figure imgf000078_0001
Step 1 Preparation ofN-(4-ethyl-2-hydroxy-phenyl)-acetcιmide (77):
[0190] A mixture of N-(4-acetyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) acetamide (76, 12.00 g; 62.0 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (46.8 mL, 0.62 mol) was cooled down to 00C in an ice water bath. To this suspension, tπethylsilane (22.4 mL, 0.14 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours, then poured into 750 mL of ice water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dissolved in 150 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic solution was washed with 50 mL of water and 50 mL of brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide crude compound as a beige solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 - Preparation of2-amino-5-ethyl-phenol (78):
10191] To N-(4-ethyl-2-hydroxy-phenyl)-acetamide (77, 10 g, 34.0 mmol) in 70 mL of ethyl acetate, 12.5 mL of water was added. The mixture was stirred vigorously and hydrochloric acid (30 rnL, 0.99 mol) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0 0C in an ice water bath, and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 7 by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with 2x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a dark beige solid.
Step 3 - Preparation of 7-elhy!-4H-benzυ[l,4Joxazin-3-one (80).
[0192] To a solution of 2-amino-5 -ethyl -phenol (78, 2.40 g, 17.5 mmol) in 145 mL of acetonitπle, 2-chloroacetyl chloride (79, 1.5 mL, 19.2 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by potassium carbonate (6.28 g, 45.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours, then cooled down to room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed with 50 mL of acetonitrile. The filtrates were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 120 mL of dichloromethane, washed with 150 mL of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrated concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography, eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a beige solid (80, 1.2 g, 40%).
Step 4 — Preparation of6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one (81): [0193] To aluminium chloride (229 mg; 1.7 mmol), cooled in an ice water bath, 52 μL of dimethylformamide was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 10 0C for 1 hour, then heated to 50 0C. To this mixture, 7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (80, 50 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added, followed by 28 μL of acetyl chloride. The mixture was stirred at 50-70 0C for 20 minutes, then cooled down to room temperature and the melt was taken up in 1 mL of toluene and quenched with 3 g of ice. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes until all of the ice melted. The mixture was extracted 2 x 5 mL with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (81, 6 mg, 10%)
Step 5 - Preparation of 6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H-benzo[ 1 ,4] υxazin-3-one (82) [0194] To 6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (81, 120 mg, 0.55 mmol) in 6 mL of acetonitπle, l -bromo-3-methoxy -propane (61, 210 mg, 1.37 mmol), potassium fluoride on alumina (412 mg, 2.84 mmol), and potassium iodide (5 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 3 hours, then cooled down to room temperature. The inorganic material was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate and hexanc. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (82. 120 mg, 78%).
Step 6 - Preparation of 7 -ethyl~6-{l -[(E)-hyάroxyiminυ] -eihyl}-4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H- beπzofl, 4j 'oxazin-3-one (83):
[0195| To 6-acetyl-7-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H-benzo[l ,4]oxazin-3-one (82, 122 mg, 0.42 mmol) in 8 mL of ethanol, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (58 mg, 0,84 mmol) and pyridine (73 mg, 0.92 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 2 hours, then cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a white solid (83, 30 mg, 23%).
Step 7 - Preparation of6-(l-amino-ethyl)-7-ethyl-4-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4H-benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one (P-OO 71):
[0196] A mixture of 7-ethyl-6-{l -[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-4-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4H- bcnzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one (83, 7 mg, 0.02 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide was shaken under hydrogen (55 psi) for 4 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (P-0071, 4 mg, 70%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]' = 280.00.
Example 21: Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-diπiethyH-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine P-0070.
[01971 l-(6-Ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine P-0070 was prepared in three steps from l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme 21.
Scheme 21
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of l-(6-ethyl-4, 4-dimethyl-l -phenyl- 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-qιιinolin-7-yl)-ethanone
(85):
[0198] A mixture of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-1.2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9, 62 mg,
0.27 mmol), phenylboronic acid (84. 49 mg, 0.4 mmol). cupric acetate (80 mg, 0.4 mmol), tnethylamine (0 06 ml , 0 4 mmol), and molecular sieves (powder) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was stirred at 35 0C for 22 hours The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brme, and dπed over magnesium sulfate The mixture was filtered, the filtrated concentrated under vacuum and the residue was puπfied by silica gel chromatography, elutmg with hcxanes and ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow oil (85, 20 mg, 20%) MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 308 52
Step 2 - Preparation of l-(6-ethvl-4 4-dimethyl-l-phenyl-ll2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-vl)-ethanone oxime (86)
|0199] A solution of l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolin-7-yl)-ethanone (85, 51 mg, 0 13 mmol) hydroxylamine hydrochloride (30 mg, 0 4 mmol), and pyridine (0 1 mL, 1 mmol) in 10 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90 0C for 5 hours The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brme, and dried over magnesium sulfate The mixture was filtered, the filtrated concentrated and dπed under vacuum lhe resulting material was used in the next step without further purification
Step 3 - Preparation of I (6 ethyl-4,4-dιmethyl-l-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tet>ahydro-quιnolιn-7-yl)-ethylarmne (P-0070)
[0200] A mixture of 1 -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm 7-yl)-ethanone oxime (86, 40 mg, 0 1 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 5 mL of methanol and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide was stirred under an hydrogen balloon for 3 hours The mixture was filtere and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography, elutmg with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a pale yellow oil (P-0070, 25 mg, 80%) MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 309 90
[0201] l -[6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-7-yl]-ethylamme P-0079,
Figure imgf000081_0001
was prepared similarly to the protocol of Scheme 21 , replacing phenvlboromc acid 84 with 3- methoxy-phenylboromc acid m step 1 , where optimal reaction conditions may have varied for example, any of time and temperature of the reaction, or chromatography conditions for purification of the desired compound MS (ESl) [M+HT~ 339 25 Example 22: Preparation of C-I6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimcthyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-yl]-methylamine P-0008.
[0202] C-[6-Ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propy])-4.4-dιmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl]- methylamme P-0008 was prepared in three steps from 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l , 2,3,4- tetrahydroquinohne 11 (see Scheme 2) as shown in Scheme 22
Scheme 22
Figure imgf000082_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of 7-bromo-6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4 4-dιmethyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro- quinoline (87)
[0203] To 7-bromo-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinohne (11, 500 00 mg, 1 86 mmol) m 5 00 mL of acetonitπle, potassium carbonate (260 mg, 1 9 mmol) and l-bromo-3-methoxy-propane (61, 0 86 g. 5 6 mmol) were added and the reaction stirred for 2 days at 100 0C The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate The organic layer was washed with bπne, dried, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography elutmg with 1 % ethyl acetate in hexane Appropriate fractions were combined and solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (87, 513 mg) as a light orange oil MS (EST) [M+H+]+= 342
Step 2 — Preparation of6-ethyl-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)~4,4-dιmethyl~l,2,3,4~tetrahydro-quιnolιne-7- carbonitrile (88)
[0204] To 7-bromo-6-ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl )-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohne (87, 25 00 mg, 0 073 mmol) in 1 2 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, zinc cyanide ( 9 5 mg, 0 081 mmol) and a catalytic amount of 4% tetrakis(tnphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added The reaction was microwaved on 60 watts, 175 0C for 3 minutes The organic layer was washed with brme dπed, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum I he resulting mateπal was puπfied by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in hexane Appropriate fractions were combined and solvents removed under vacuum Io provide the desired compound (88, 16 mg) MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 287 Step 3 — Preparation of C-[6-eihyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7- yl] -methylamine (P-0008):
[0205] 6-Ethyl-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-di methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline-7-carbonitrile (88, 21 .0 mg, 0.073 mmol) in 5.00 ml of methanol was degassed with nitrogen. Hydrochloric acid (0.0045 mL, 0.15 mmol) and a catalytic amount of palladium on carbon were added and the reaction was stirred in a hydrogenation apparatus at 50 psi for 3 hours. The reaction was filtered through celite and the filter rinsed with methanol. The filtrate was combined and concentrated under vacuum to solid, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane. Appropriate fractions were combined and solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (P-0008, 8 mg). MS (ESI) [M+KT]+ - 291.
Example 23: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl- 3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one P-0013.
[0206] 7-(l -Amino-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one P-0013 was prepared in five steps from 3 -methyl -but-2-enoic acid (4-methoxy- phenyl)-amide 93 as shown in Scheme 23.
Scheme 23
Figure imgf000083_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (90) ' [0207] Aluminum trichloride (10.4 g, 77.9 mmol) was suspended in 100 mL of 1 ,2-dichloroethane and 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid (4-methoxy-phenyl)-amide (89, 5.16 g, 25.1 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of ~5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere for 4 hours and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was washed 3x with ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were pooled and washed with water, sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane. Appropriate fractions were collected and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a light pink solid (90, 4.05 g). 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure.
Step 2 Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (91): [0208] To a suspension of aluminum trichloride (2.9 g, 22.0 mmol) in 8 ml of nitromethane, chilled to 0 0C, a solution of acetyl chloride (0.48 mL, 6.8 mmol) and 6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4- dihydro-1 H-quinolin-2-one (90, 1 ,00 g, 4,87 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added dropwise. Once addition was complete, the reaction was removed from the ice bath and stirred at room temperature for 4-5 hours. The reaction mixture was re-cooled to 0 0C and water was added dropwise, resulting in heat and foaming, until all solids were dissolved. The mixture was extracted with 100 mL of dichloromethane, and the organic layer was washed with water, ammonium chloride solution and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with gradient of 0-5% methanol in dichloromethane over 40 minutes. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound. 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure.
Step 3 Preparation of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-l-(3-τnethoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (92):
[0209] To a solution of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (91, 261.00 mg, 1.055 mmol) in 3.0 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide, l -bromo-3-methoxy-propane (61, 190 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added, followed by sodium hydride (33 mg, 1.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated in the microwave at 107 0C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted 2x with dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was washed 2x with water, then with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5-40% ethyl acetate in hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (92, 156 mg). 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure.
Step 4 --' Preparation of 7-{l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-6-methoxy-l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4- dimethyl-3, 4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2-one (93): j0210[ Λ solution of 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one (92, 38 mg, 0.12 mmol), hydroxylamme hydrochloride (16.9 mg, 0.243 mmol), and pyridine (0.046 mL, 0.57 mmol) in 5 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 UC for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was used for the next step without further purification (93, 45 mg). MS (HSI) [M+HT = 335.2.
Step 5 - Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-methoxy-l-(3~methoxy-propy!)-4,4-ditnethyl-3,4-dihydro~ lH-quinolin-2-one (P-OOH):
[0211] To a solution of 7-{ l -[(E)4iydroxyiminol-ethyl}-6-methoxy-l -(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4- dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (93, 63.00 mg, 0.188 mmol) in 5.0 mL of toluene, borane- dimethyl sulfide complex (0.026 mL, 0.30 mmol) was added slowly at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 minutes and then stirred at 100 0C for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into 150 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The organic layer was removed and the aqueous layer extracted with 2 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound (P-0013, 12 mg).
Example 24: Preparation of l-[l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolin-7-ylJ-ethylamine P-0021.
[0212] 1 -[I -(3-Methoxy-propyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- efhylamine P-0021 was prepared in four steps from trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4- dimethyl-l -(2>2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-6-yl ester 35 (see Scheme 8) as shown in Scheme 24.
Scheme 24
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step I - Preparation of l-(4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (94): [0213J Into a round bottom flask, trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -(2,2,2- trifluoro-acetyl)-1.2.3,4-tetrah\drυ-quinϋlm-6-yl ester (34 ing, 0.076 mmol). was combined with potassium carbonate (44 mg, 0.32 mmol), phenylboronic acid (84, 20 mg, 0.0002 mol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (5 mg. 0.004 mmol), and 1.5 mL of water. The reaction was microwaved on 60 watts, 1000C for 10 minutes. Solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated bicarbonate, then washed with brine. The solvents were removed from the organic layer and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes:ethyl acetate 80:20. The appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (98, 19.5 mg). MS (ESI) [M+Hτ]^ = 280.1.
Steps 2-4
[0214] l-(4,4-Dimethyl-6-phenyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 94 was reacted similarly to steps 5-7 of Scheme 14 above to provide the desired compound l -[l-(3-Methoxy-propyl)-
4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-ethylamine P-0021. MS (ESI) [M+H+]τ =
353.1.
Example 25: Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethylamine P-0076.
[0215] l-(l-Benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethylamine P-0076 was prepared in nine steps from 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid p-tolylamide 101 as shown in Scheme 25.
Scheme 25
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 1 — Preparation of4,4l6-Trime,thyl-3,4-dihydro-lH~qιάnolin~2-υne (98). [0216] Aluminum trichloride (1 1 g, 84.0 mmol) was suspended in 30 mL of nitromcthane and 3- methyl-but-2-enoic acid p-tolylamide (97, 5.3 g, 28.0 mmol, prepared similarly to step 1 of Scheme 1 , substituting 4-ethylanilint; 1 with p-tolylamine) was added pυrtionwise over a period of ~5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred under an inert atmosphere at 80 0C for 12 hours, then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer was washed additional 3x with ethyl acetate. The organic fractions were pooled and washed with water, aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off-white solid (98, 705 mg). 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure. Additional material was prepared similarly for the next step.
Step 2 — Preparation of 4,4,6-Trimethyl- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (99):
[02171 To a solution of 4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (98, 3.86 g, 20.4 mmol) in 150 mL of toluene, borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (3.6 mL, 41.0 mmol) was added slowly at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 minutes and then stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into 150 mL of aqueous 10% sodium carbonate solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and the organic layer was collected. The aquous layer was extracted with 2 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light brown liquid (99, 2.3 g) 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure.
Step 3 - Preparation of 2,2,2-Trifluoro-l-(4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-ethanone (100):
[0218] In a reaction vessel, 4,4,6-trimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (99, 2.25 g, 12.8 mmol) was dissolved in 25,0 mL of dichloromethane and triethylamine (2.70 mL, 19.0 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for a couple of minutes. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (2.20 mL, 15.0 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane was then added and the reacion stirred for 3-4 hours. The reaction was diluted with additional dichloromethane, washed with water, then brine, and the organic solvents removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed to provide the desired compound (100, 2.6 g).
Step 4 - Preparation of l-(7-bromo-4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro- ethanone (101):
[0219] Into a reaction vessel, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l -(4,4,6-trimethyl- 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-l -yl)- ethanone (100, 0.500 g, 1 ,84 mmol) and aluminum trichloride (0.24 g, 1.8 mmol) were combined in 10.0 mL of nitromethane. Bromine (0.125 mL, 2.43 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 0C and the reaction went overnight The reaction was diluted with water, extracted with ether, and the organic layer was washed w ith bnne, then concentrated under \ acuum I he residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 0-5% ethyl acetate m hexane Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (101 , 410 0 mg)
Step 5 - Preparation of '7-hromo-4,4,6-tr imethyl- 1 2 3 4-tetrahyώ o-quιnolιne (102)
[0220] l -(7-bromo-4.4,6-tπmeth\l-3,4-dihydro-2H-qumolin-l -yl)-2,2,2-tπfluoro-ethanone 101 was reacted similarly to step 6 of Scheme 1 to provide the desired compound
Step 6 - Preparation of l-benzyl-7-htomo-4,4 6-ti ιmethvl-l 2,3,4-tetrahydι o-quinohne (103) [0221] A solution of 7-bromo-4,4,6-tπmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolme (102, 249 1 mg, 0 98 mmol), ben/yl bromide (23) and N,N-dπsoprupylethylamme (0 34 mL, 2 0 mmol) in 2 mL of N- methylpyrrohdonc was heated at 80 0C overnight The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with bnne, dπed over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum The residue was purified by silica gel column chromataography, eluting with 0-25% ethyl acetate in hexanes Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound (103, 177 mg)
Step 7 - Preparation of l-(l-henzyl-4,4,6-tnmethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qιιιnohn-7-yl)-ethanone (104) [0222] l-Benzyl-7-bromo-4,4,6-tπmethyl-l , 2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolme (103, 177 0 mg, 0 514 mmol), was mixed with l,3-bis(diphenylphosphmo)propane (13 mg, 0 032 mmol), potassium carbonate (73 2 mg, 0 530 mmol), tπbutyl-(l-ethoxy-vinyl)-stannane (0 61 mL, 1 8 mmol), and palladium acetate (3 0 mg, 0 013 mmol) in 1 0 mL of water and 3 0 ml of N,N-dimethylfoπτiamide under nitrogen and heated at 80 0C overnight The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer then washed with water brine and concentrated under vacuum The residue was purified by sihca gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (104, 35 mg) 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure
Step 8 — Preparation of l-(l-benzyl-4,4, 6-trιmethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quιnohn 7-yl) ethanone oxime
(105)
(02231 l-(l-Benzyl-4,4,6-tπmeth>l-l,2,3,4 -tctrahydro-quinolm-7-yl)-ethanone (104, 35 00 mg
0 1 14 mmol), hydroxylamme hydrochloride (16 mg, 0 23 mmol), and pyridine (0 018 mL, 0 23 mmol) m 15 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 1C for 3 hours The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue dissolved m ethyl acetate, washed with water and bnne dπed over magnesium sulfate and filtered The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a light yellow glue (105, 19 mg) 1II NMR was consistent with the compound structure Step 9 Preparation ofl-(l-benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-L2,3, 4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyIamine (P-0076):
10224] 1 -(I -Benzyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-l , 2,3,4 -tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone oxime (105, 19.0 mg, 0.059 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of ethanol in a parr vessel. Raney nickel (0.05 g, 0.8 mmol) was added and the vessel evacuated and charged with hydrogen (10 g, 5 mol, 55 PSI). The reaction mixture was shaken for 120 minutes. The raney nickel was removed via filtration and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a yellow, waxy solid (P-0076, 3.0 mg). 1H NMR was consistent with the compound structure. MS (ESI) [M+JT] ' = 308.2.
Example 26: Preparation of 7-(l-aniino-ethyl)-l-benzyl-4,4-diniethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-2-one P-0078.
[0225] 7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2 -one P-0078 was prepared in four steps from 7-acetyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one 60 as shown in Scheme 26.
Scheme 26
Figure imgf000089_0001
Step 1 — Preparation of7-acetyl-l-benzyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (106):
[0226] Into a quartz vial 7-acetyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-l H-quinolin-2-one (60, 25 mg, 0.083 mmol, see Scheme 14) was dissolved in 5 mL of acetonitπle (5 mL, 0.1 mol) and benzyl bromide (23, 0.015 mL, 0.12 mmol), potassium carbonate (40.0 mg, 0.29 mmol) and potassium iodide (4 mg, 0.02 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 80 0C over the weekend, then poured into water and extracted 2x with ethyl acetate. All organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10-35% ethyl acetate in hexane. Appropriate fractions were combined and the solvents removed under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (106, 33 mg, purity 98%, yield 98%),
Step 2 -■ Preparation of 7-acetyl-l-benzyl-4,4-dimethyϊ-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (108):
[0227] Into a quartz vial, 7-acetyl-l~benzyl-6-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-qumolin-2-one (106, 28.0 mg, 0.0725 mmol) was mixed with 2.00 rnL of tetrahydrofuran and 0.08 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide, then p-tolyl boronic acid (107, 15 mg, 0.11 mmol), palladium acetate (3 mg, 0.01 mmol), diphenyl(t-Bu)2 (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) and potassium phosphate (31 mg, 0.14 mmol) were added. The reaction was microwaved at 150 watts, 70 0C for 80 minutes. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, extracted with sodium chloride solution, the organic layer dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound (108, 10 mg, purity 50%, yield 20%). MS (ESI) [M+HT = 398.8.
Step 3 - Preparation of l-benzyl-7-{l-[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2-one (109):
[0228] A solution of 7-acetyl-l -benzyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p- tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (108, 24 mg, 0.024 mmol), hydroxylaminc hydrochloride (50 mg, 0.7 mmol), and pyridine (0.5 mL, 6.0 mmol) in 5 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a white solid (109, 24 mg, purity 40%), which was used in the next step without further purification. MS(ESI) [M+H+]+ = 413.89, 413.13.
Step 4 - Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-l-ben∑yl-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinυIin-2- one (P-0078):
[0229] A mixture of l -benzyl-7-{ l -[(E)-hydroxyimino]-ethyl}-4,4-dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-2-one (109, 55 mg, 0.053 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 15 mL methanol and 2.0 mL of ammonium hydroxide was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by HPLC to provide the desired compound as a white solid (P-0078, 7.5 mg, purity >95%, yield 34%). MS(LSI) [M-NH2I " = 383.05, Example 27: Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester P-0069.
[0230] 7-(l-Amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l-carboxyIic acid tert- butyl ester P-0069 was prepared in two steps from 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H- quinoline-1-carbϋxylic acid tert-butyl ester 14 as shown in Scheme 27.
Scheme 27
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step 1 Preparation of6-ethyl- 7-(l -hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4, 4-dimethyl-3, 4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (110):
[0231] A solution of 7-acetyl-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (14, 500.00 mg, 1.509 mmol, sec Scheme 2), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (300 mg, 4.0 mmol), and pyridine (0.6 mL, 8.0 mmol) in 35 mL of ethanol was stirred at 80 0C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate removed under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound as a white solid (110, 484 mg, purity >95%, yield 88%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]+ = 347.05.
Step 2 - Preparation of 7-(l-amino-ethyl)-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (P-0069):
[0232] A mixture of 6-ethyl-7-( 1 -hydroxyimino-ethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3 ,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline- 1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (110, 390.0 mg, 1.126 mmol) and Raney nickel (50%, aqueous slurry) in 50 mL of methanol and 15 mL of ammonium hydroxide was shaken under hydrogen (55 psi) for 4 hours. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with dichloromethane and methanol to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (P-0069, 317 mg, yield 80.5%). MS (ESI) [M+H"]+ = 334.05.
Example 28: Synthesis of Compounds where L1 is -S(O)2- or -S(O)2NH-.
[0233] Compounds of Formula IV having a sulfone linker (or aminosulfone) at the 1 -position can be prepared as exemplified from [l-(6-cthyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 17. Compounds are prepared in two steps as shown in Scheme A. Scheme A
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula III:
[0234] A mixture of sulfonyl chloride of Formula II (R is e.g. NHR1 or R!, where R1 is as defined in paragraph [0003]), [l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid fert-butyl ester (17), and an appropriate base, such as triethyl amine in an appropriate solvent, such as dichloromethane is stirred at 20-80 0C for 2-24 hours. The reaction is quenched with an aqueous work-up and purified by silica gel chromatography or crystallization to provide Compounds of Formula III.
Step 2 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula IV:
[0235] A compound of Formula III is stirred in a suitable solvent, such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane with a suitable acid, such as hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or tosic acid at 0-80 0C for 0,25-24 hours. The reaction mixture is quenched with aqueous base and purified by silica gel chromatography or crystallization to provide a compound of Formula IV.
Example 29: Synthesis of Compounds where L, is -NH-, -NHS(O)2- or -NHC(O)-.
[0236] Compounds of Formula VIII having either -NHS(O)2- or -NHC(O)- linker at the 1 -position can be prepared, for example, in five steps from l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin- 7-yl)-ethanone 9 as shown in Scheme B.
Scheme B
Figure imgf000092_0002
Step 1 Preparation ofl-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l-nitroso-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (111):
[0237] To a mixture of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (9) and a solution hydrochloric acid, cooled with an ice water bath, a solution of sodium nitrite is slowly added. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temperature and warmed for a few hours as needed. The reaction mixture is extracted with an appropriate solvent (such as ethyl acetate or toluene). The organic layer is collected, washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue is dried under vacuum to provide the desired compound 111 that can be used without purification in the next step.
Step 2 - Preparation of l-(l-amιno-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (112):
[0238] To a solution of l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l -nitroso-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- ethanone (111) in an appropriate solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran), a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride in an appropriate solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran) is added. The temperature can be maintained by use of an ice water bath. The reaction mixture is poured into water, extracted with an appropriate solvent (such as ethyl acetate or dichloromethane), and the organic layer is collected, washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue is dried under vacuum to provide the desired compound 112 that can be used without purification in the next step.
Step 3 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula VI:
[0239] To a mixture of l-(l-amino-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (112) and a base (such as triethylamine or potassium carbonate) in an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane or acetonitrile), organo-halide, acid halide, or sulfonyl halide of Formula V (R' is e.g. R1-, R'-C(O)- or R'-S(O)2-, where R1 is as defined in paragraph [0003]) is slowly added. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature or heated in an oil bath for 2 to 24 hours. The reaction mixture is poured into water and extracted with an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane or ethyl acetate). The organic layer is collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula VI.
Step 4 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula VIl:
[0240J Λ mixture of a compound of Formula VI, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, and pyridine in ethanol is stirred at 80-100 0C for 2-24 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in an appropriate solvent such ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula VII. Step 5 — Preparation of Compounds of Formula VIIl:
[0241] A mixture of a compound of Formula VII, Raney nickel, and ammonium hydroxide in methanol is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 0.5-20 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula VIII.
[0242) Similar compounds with substituents other than ethyl at the 6 position, e.g. optionally substituted aryl, can be prepared similarly, for example, by replacing l -(6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 9 in step 1 with a suitable compound, including, but not limited to, l -[6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]- ethanone 38 and similar compounds formed in the reaction Scheme 9 of Example 9; l-(6-benzyloxy-4,4-dimethyl-l , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 42 formed in the reaction Scheme 10 of Example 10; l-(4,4- dimethyl-6-p-tolyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone 50 formed in the reaction Scheme 12 of Example 12; 6-acctyl-7-ethyl-4H-benzo[l,4]oxazin-3-one 81 formed in the reaction Scheme 21 of Example 21 ; 7-acetyl-6-methoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one 91 formed in the reaction Scheme 23 of Example 23; and l -(4)4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)- cthanone 94 formed in the reaction Scheme 24 of Example 24.
Example 30: Synthesis of Compounds where Lt is -NHC(O)NH-.
[0243] Compounds of Formula XII where L1 is -NHC(O)NH- are prepared, for example, in three steps from l -(l -amino-6-ethyl-4,4-dimcthyl-l ,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolin-7-yI)-cthanone 112 as shown in Scheme C.
Scheme C
Figure imgf000094_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula X:
[0244] To a mixture of l-(l-amino-6-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl)-ethanone (112) and a base (such as triethylamine, potassium carbonate) in an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane or acetonitrile) an isocyanate of Formula IX (R" is R1 as defined in paragraph [0003]) is slowly added. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature or heated in an oil bath for 2 to 24 hours. The reaction mixture is poured into water and extracted with an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane or ethyl acetate). The organic layer is collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula X
Step 2 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula XI
[0245] A solution of a compound of Formula X, hydroxylammt hydrochloride, and pyridine in ethanol is stirred at 80-100 0C for 2-24 hours The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XI
Step 3 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula XII
[0246] A mixture of a compound of Formula XI, Raney nickel, and ammonium hydroxide in methanol is stirred under a hydrogen balloon for 0 5-20 hours The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated The residue can be purified by chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XII
[0247] Similar compounds with substituents other than ethyl at the 6 position, e g optionally substituted aryl, can be prepared similarly, for example, by replacing 1 -(I -amino-6-ethyl-4,4- dimethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethanone 112 in step 1 with the product of step 1 of Scheme B made by replacing l-(6-ethyl-4,4-dimetliyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinohn-7-yl)-ethanone 9 with a suitable compound as descnbed in Example 30
Example 31: Synthesis of Compounds where -R4 is alkyl.
[0248] Compounds of Formula XVI where R'" is alkyl (i e R4 of Formula I, paragraph [0003] is, alkyl) are prepared, for example, m five steps from 7-acctyl-4,4-dimcth>l-l -(2,2,2-tπfluoro-acetyl)- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-qumolm-6-yl ester 35 as shown in Scheme fV
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000095_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of tnfluoro-methanesulfomc acid 7-acetyl-4,4-dιmethyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quιnolιn-6-yl ester (113)
[0249] To a solution of 7-acet>l-4,4-dimethyl-l-(2,2,2-tnfluoro-acetyl)-l,2,3,4-tctrahydro-quinolm- 6-yl ester (35, 1 10 mg. 0 25 mmol) m 3 mL of acetonitπle was added 1 5 mL of 2 M potassium carbonate m water The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 h and was concentrated under reduced pressure The residue was partioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic layer v, as dried over sodium sulfate The solution was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a colorless oil (113, 57 mg, 65%)
Step 2 ~ Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIII
[0250] Λ mixture of tnfluoro-methanesulfomc acid 7-acetyl-.4,4~dimethyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- qumolm-6-yl ester (113), a halide such as R'-Cl (R1 as defined m paragraph [0003]), a suitable base such as potassium carbonate, pyridine or dπsopropylethylamine m a suitable solvent such as acetomtπle or tetrahydrofuran is stirred at a temperature below 80 0C for 1-36 hours The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution The organic layer is dried over an anhydrous salt filtered, concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XIII
Step 3a - Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIV
[0251] A mixture of a compound of Formula XIII, a terminal alkync or olefin, a suitable ligatcd palladium catalyst (CuI and an amine solvent such as triethylamme for alkyne) in a suitable solvent such or tetrahydrofuran is stirred at a temperature below 80 0C for 1-36 hours The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution The organic layer is dried over an anhydrous salt, filtered, concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to provide the alkyne or olefin intermediate, which can be reduced to the corresponding saturated alkyl compound of Foπnula XlV by treatment with a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, nickel or platinum under a hydrogen atmosphere
Step 3b ~ Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIV
[0252] A mixture of a compound of Foπnula XIII an alkyl tin compound for Stille cross-coupling, or an alkyl boromc acid, ester or alkyl tπfluoroborate salt for Suzuki cross-couplmgs, and a suitable ligated palladium catalyst in a suitable solvent such or tetrahydrofuran is stirred at a temperature below 80 0C for 1-36 hours The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution The organic layer is dried over an anhydrous salt, filtered, concentrated and subjected to chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XIV Note, vinyl tin and vm\l boronate reagents can also be employed to form olefin compounds These olefin products can be reduced to the corresponding saturated alkyl compound of Formula XIV by treatment with a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, nickel or platinum under a hydrogen atmosphere.
Step 4— Preparation oj Compounds of Formula XV;
[0253] A solution of a compound of Formula XIV, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, and pyridine in ethanol is stirred at 80-100 °C for 2-24 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of drying agent and solvent, the residue can be purified by silica gel chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XV.
Step 5 - Preparation of Compounds of Formula XVJ.
|0254] Λ mixture of a compound of Formula XV, Raney nickel, and ammonium hydroxide in methanol is stirred under a hydrogen balloon for 0.5-20 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated. The residue can be purified by chromatography to provide the desired compound of Formula XVI.
Example 32: Enzyme Activity Assays
[0255] Assays for the activity of proteases, including, but not limited to, renin, pepsin, cathepsinD and BACE are known in the art. Examplary biochemical assays used to assess the activity of compounds of the invention are described as follows.
[0256] Renin protease activity is assessed in a FRET (Fluorescent resonance energy transfer) screen. The substrate peptide is linked to a Fluorescent probe (Hilytc Fluor 488) on one end and a quencher on the other end (QXL). In the absence of an inhibitor, protease such as renin will cleave the peptide and the fluorescence signal will increase. IC50 values are determined with respect to inhibition of renin activity, where inhibition of cleavage of the peptide substrate is measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μL into 120 μL of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μL was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 μL to 100 μL DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each protease reaction is 20 μL in Ix protease buffer (25 mM Hepcs, pH 7.4, 100 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BSA. 0,01% Tween-20), 5% DMSO. Substrate was 2 μM Hilyte Fluor 488 -Arg- Ile-IIis-Pro-Phe-His-Leu-Val-Ile-His-Thr-Lys (QXL-520)Arg-NH2 (Anaspec, Inc.). Renin was at 4 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 210 minutes at 30 0C, and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC50
[0257] Porcine pepsin protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin.
Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM, These were diluted 30 μL into 120 μL of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μL was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 μL to 100 μL DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each protease reaction is 20 μL in I x protease buffer (50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 3.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BSA, 0.01 % Tween-20), 5% DMSO. Substrate was 4 μM Hilyte Fluor 488 -Glu-Dap-Lys-Pro- Ile-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Gly-Lys— GIu (QXL-520)Glu-NH2 (Anaspec. Inc.). Porcine pepsin was at 0.5 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 30 minutes at 30 0C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC50.
J0258] CathcpsinD protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μL into 120 μL of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μL was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 μL to 100 μL DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each protease reaction is 20 μL in I x protease buffer (50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 3.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BSA, 0.01 % Tween-20), 5% DMSO. Substrate was 4 μM Hilyte Fluor 488 -Glu-Dap-Lys-Pro- Ile-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Gly-Lys-Glu (QXL-520)Glu-NH2 (Anaspec, Inc.). CathepsinD was at 0.15 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 60 minutes at 25 0C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC50.
[0259] BACE protease activity is assessed in a FRET screen similarly to that for renin. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μL into 120 μL of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μL was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1 :3 (50 μL to 100 μL DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each protease reaction is 20 μL in Ix protease buffer (50 mM Sodium Acetate, pH 4.5, 150 mM Nacl, 0.01 %BSΛ, 0.01 % Tween-20), 5% DMSO. Substrate was 4 μM Hilyte Fluor 488 -Ser-Glu-Val-Asn-Leu-Asp- AIa-G Iu -Phc-Lys (QXL-520)Glu-NH2 (Anaspec, Inc.). BACE was at 8 ng per sample. The protease reaction was incubated for 210 minutes at 30 0C and the signal per well was read on a Tecan Saffire reader. The fluorescence signal was measured and the signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC50.
[0260] Compounds having IC 50 of less than 10 μM in a renin biochemical assay as described above are listed in the following table:
P-0002, P-0003, P-0005, P-0006, P-0009, P-OOI O, P-0014, P-0015, P-OO 16, P-OO 17, P-OO 19, P-0021 , P-0023, P-0025, P-0026, P-0027, P-0028, P-0029, ' <1 0 M P-0030, P-0031. P-0032, P-0033. P-0034, P-0035, P-0036, P-0037, P-0039, Kcnm _i U μM p.0040) P.OO41 , P-0042, P-0043, P-0044, P-0045, P-0046, P-0047. P-0048, P-0049, P-0050. P-0051 , P-0052. P-0053, P-0054, P-0055, P-0056, P-0057, P-0059, P-0060, P-0061 , P-0062. P-0063, P-0065, P-0066, P-0067, P-006S [0261] Compounds were selective with respect to other proteases, as none of the compounds screened in a BACE or porcine pepsin assay as described abo\e showed measureable inhibition up to 200 μM Compounds hav ing IC50 between 10 μM and 100 μM m a cathepsinD biochemical assay as described above are listed in the following table
P-0015, P-0023, P-0025, P-0032, P-0034, P-0039 P-0048, P-0059, P-0060 P-0066,
B-Raf P-0067, P-0068
[0262] All patents and other references cited in the specification are indicative of the level of skill of those skilled m the art to which the invention pertains, and are incorporated by reference in their entireties, including any tables and figures, to the same extent as if each reference had been incorporated by reference in its entirety individually
[0263] One skilled in the art would readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to obtain the ends and advantages mentioned as well as those inherent therein The methods, variances, and compositions described herein as presently representative of preferred embodiments are exemplary and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention Changes therein and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art which are encompassed within the spiπt of the invention, are defined by the scope ot the claims
[0264] The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein Thus for example, in each instance herein an> of the terms 'comprising", "consisting essentially of and ' consisting of may be replaced with either of the other two terms Thus, for an embodiment of the invention using one of the terms, the invention also includes another embodiment wherein one of these terms is replaced with another of these terms In each embodiment, the terms have their established meaning Thus, for example, one embodiment may encompass a method "comprising' a series of steps, another embodiment would encompass a method "consisting essentially of the same steps, and a third embodiment would encompass a method "consisting of the same steps The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of descnption and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof but it is recognized that various modifications are possible w ithin the scope of the invention claimed ihus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and v ariation of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be w ithin the scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims [0265] In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups or other grouping of alternatives, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group or other group.
[0266] Also, unless indicated to the contrary, where various numerical values are provided for embodiments, additional embodiments arc described by taking any 2 different values as the endpoints of a range. Such ranges are also within the scope of the described invention.
[0267] Thus, additional embodiments are within the scope of the invention and within the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A compound having the chemical structure of Formula I,
Figure imgf000101_0001
Formula I or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
X] and X2 are independently -N= or -C(H)=; n is 0 or 1 ;
L1 is a bond, -C(R'JRI U)-, -C(O)-, -C(RaRI ϋ)-C(RπR12)-, -C(R9R10)-C(O)-, -C(O)-C(R11R12)-, -C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(0), -S(O)2-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-S(O)2, -N(R13)-C(O)-N(R13)-, or -N(R13)-S(O)3-N(R13)-;
Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and hetcroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R23, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R2fi;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, -R16, or -[C(R17R18)]a-L2-[C(R19R20)]b-R16, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R27; or
R2 and R1 combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2. lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino: a is 1 , 2, or 3: b is O, 1 , 2, or 3;
L2 is a bond, -0-, -S-, -N(R13)-, -C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(0), -C(S)-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-C(S)-, -S(O)-N(R13)-, -S(O)2-N(R13)-, -N(R13)-S(0), -N(RI3)-S(O)2, -N(R13)-C(O)-N(R13)-, -N(Rπ)-C(S)-N(R13)-, or -N(RI3)-S(O)2-N(R13)-; R16 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl. aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R2S;
R4 IS -R2Or -L3-R21;
L3 is -O-, -S-, or -N(R13)-;
R21 is -(CR22R23)P-R24, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R29; p is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
R5, and R6 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl. fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R30;
R' and R* are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring of phenyl or benzyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R31; or
R7 and R8 together form oxo;
R9, R10, R1 1, R12, and each R22 and R23 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or
R9 and R10, or R1 1 and R12, or any two R22 and R21 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; each R13 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl;
R17, RIS, R19, and R20 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; or any two R and R on the same carbon, or any two R19 and R20 on the same carbon, combine with the carbon to which they are bound to form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NII2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamiπo, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R1 ' and R18 on the same carbon, or any two R19 and R20 on the sam carbon form oxo; R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -O-Rj2, -S-R34, -N(R'7)-R33, -C(O)-R34, -C(S)-R34, -S(O)-R34, -S(O)2-R34, -C(O)-O-R32, -C(O)-N(R32)-R33, -C(S)-N(R32)-R33, -S(O)-N(R32)-R33, -S(O)2-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-C(O)-R34. -N(R35)-C(S)-R34, -N(R3S)-S(O)-R34, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R34, -N(R35)-C(O)-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-C(S)-N(R32)-R33, -N(R35)-S(O)2-N(R32)-R33, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R29; each R25 and R27, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -O-R3fi, -S-R38, and -N(R36)-R37; each R26, R28, R29, R30 and R31, if present, is independently selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R39, -S-R41, -N(R39)-R40, -C(O)-R41, -C(S)-R41, -S(O)-R41, -S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-O-R39, -C(O)-N(R39)-R40, -C(S)-N(R39)-R40, -S(O)-N(R39)-R40, -S(O)2-N(R39)-R40, -N(R35)-C(O)-R41, -N(R35)-C(S)-R41, -N(R35)-S(O)-R41, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R41, -N(R35)-C(O)-N(R39)-R40, -N(R35)-C(S)-N(R39)-R40, -N(R35)-S(O)2-N(R39)-R40, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R26, R28, R29, R30 or R31, or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42, -S-R44, -N(R42)-R43, -N(R35)-C(O)-R44, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42, -C(O)-N(R42)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R42)-R43, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; or any two R26, any two R28, any two R29, any two R30, or any two R31, on adjacent ring atoms, combine to form a fused ring selected from the group consisting of 3-7 membered cycloalkyl and 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, -OH, -NH2, oxo, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino. and cycloalkylamino; each R32, R33, Ry) and R40 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl as R32, R33. R" or R4'1. or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42. -S-R44,
Figure imgf000104_0001
-N(R35)-C(O)-R44, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R44. -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42, -C(O)-N(R42J-R43, -S(O)2-N(R42)-R41, oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each R14 and R41 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R34 or R41, or as a substituent of lower alkyl arc optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -NO2, -O-R42, -S-R44, -N(R42)-R43, -N(R^)-C(O)-R44, -N(R35)-S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-R44, -S(O)-R44, -S(O)2-R44, -C(O)-O-R42, -C(O)-N(R42)-R4\ -S(O)2-N(R42)-R4\ oxo, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; each Rj5 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; each R1(i and R17 is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R38 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; each R42 and R43 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; and each R44 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
2. A compound of claim 1 , wherein X, is -C(H)- and X2 is -N=, and Y is -O- or -C(R14R15)-, preferably -C(R14R15)-.
3 A compound of claim 2, wherein n is 1 and Y is -C(R14R1 ^-
4 A compound of claim 2, wherein n is 1 and Y is -O-
5 A compound of any of claims 1-4, wherein L) is a bond, -C(R9R10)-, -C(O)-, -C(R')Rlϋ)-C(R1 1R12)-. -C(RV°)-C(O)-, or -C(O)-C(R1 1R12) and R1 is phenyl or monocyclic heteioaryl, wherein phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl are optionally substituted w ith one or more substituents R26
6 A compound of any of claims 1-3 and 5, wherein Y is -C(R14R1 S)- and R14 and R1 S are independently lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl
7. A composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a compound according to any of claims 1-6.
8. A method foi treating a subject suffering from or at risk of a renin-mediated disease or condition, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of any of claims 1-6 or a composition of claim 7
9. A kit comprising a compound according to any of claims 1-6 or a composition of claim 7
PCT/US2010/033385 2009-05-04 2010-05-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor WO2010129467A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2011011735A MX2011011735A (en) 2009-05-04 2010-05-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor.
CA2761009A CA2761009A1 (en) 2009-05-04 2010-05-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor
SG2011081015A SG175877A1 (en) 2009-05-04 2010-05-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor
IL216107A IL216107A0 (en) 2009-05-04 2011-11-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17541709P 2009-05-04 2009-05-04
US61/175,417 2009-05-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010129467A1 true WO2010129467A1 (en) 2010-11-11
WO2010129467A8 WO2010129467A8 (en) 2010-12-16

Family

ID=42237224

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/033385 WO2010129467A1 (en) 2009-05-04 2010-05-03 Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor

Country Status (5)

Country Link
CA (1) CA2761009A1 (en)
IL (1) IL216107A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2011011735A (en)
SG (1) SG175877A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2010129467A1 (en)

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102993094A (en) * 2011-09-08 2013-03-27 中国石油大学(北京) Synthesizing method of tetrahydroquinoline derivative
US8598156B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2013-12-03 Glaxosmithkline Llc Chemical compounds
US8835420B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-09-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Azaindole derivatives
US8969347B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-03 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for treating inflammatory and fibrotic disorders
US9018214B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-04-28 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9181272B2 (en) 2013-04-30 2015-11-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US9260437B2 (en) 2008-05-19 2016-02-16 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9266883B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2016-02-23 Novartis Ag Ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9359379B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2016-06-07 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US9358235B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-06-07 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9371321B2 (en) 2014-01-09 2016-06-21 Astrazeneca Ab Azaindole derivatives
US9440969B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2016-09-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9550768B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2017-01-24 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation and indications therefor
US9617267B2 (en) 2009-11-18 2017-04-11 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9617283B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-04-11 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9617248B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-04-11 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9624213B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2017-04-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9663512B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-05-30 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9676748B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9682981B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2017-06-20 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9718847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9771363B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9771369B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9783538B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-10-10 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9802917B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2017-10-31 Novartis Ag Particles of N-(5-cyano-4-((2-methoxyethyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)-7-formyl-6-((4-methyl-2-oxopiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3,4-dihydro-1,8-naphthyridine-1(2H)-carboxamide
US9822109B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-21 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9844539B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2017-12-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9856259B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2018-01-02 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9873700B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2018-01-23 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9938273B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-04-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9980973B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-05-29 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
CN108752272A (en) * 2018-06-19 2018-11-06 西安交通大学 8- aminoquinolines amide derivatives, preparation method, the method for application and its fluorescence analysis
US10160747B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10160755B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10227357B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2019-03-12 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10233195B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2019-03-19 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US10428067B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation
US10435404B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-10-08 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10463653B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2019-11-05 Novartis Ag Use of ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10508085B2 (en) 2016-09-22 2019-12-17 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
US10577366B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2020-03-03 Plexxikon Inc. Crystalline forms of a compound that inhibits bromodomain
CN111053761A (en) * 2020-01-16 2020-04-24 杭州旦承医药科技有限公司 Bisphosphonic acid medicine for inhalation, preparation method thereof and application thereof in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
US10703757B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-07-07 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for CDK8 modulation and indications therefor
US10717735B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2020-07-21 Plexxikon Inc. Solid forms of a compound for modulating kinases
US10829484B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2020-11-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US11103505B2 (en) 2017-10-27 2021-08-31 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US11149011B2 (en) 2018-03-20 2021-10-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
US11958818B2 (en) 2020-04-29 2024-04-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh (R)-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)methyl 4-bromobenzenesulfonate

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008063888A2 (en) 2006-11-22 2008-05-29 Plexxikon, Inc. Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000064887A1 (en) * 1999-04-27 2000-11-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Renin inhibitors
WO2009005002A1 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Quinolone derivative

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000064887A1 (en) * 1999-04-27 2000-11-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Renin inhibitors
WO2009005002A1 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Quinolone derivative

Non-Patent Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BAGSHAWE, DRUG DEV. RES., vol. 34, 1995, pages 220 - 230
BERTOLINI ET AL., J. MED. CHERN., vol. 40, 1997, pages 2011 - 2016
INVESTIGATIVE OPHTHALMOLOGY & VISUAL SCIENCE, vol. 46, no. 3, 2005, pages 1078 - 1084
INVESTIGATIVE OPHTHALMOLOGY & VISUAL SCIENCE, vol. 46, no. 8, 2005, pages 2925 - 2931
KELLY ET AL., DIABETOLOGIA, vol. 50, 2007, pages 2398 - 2404
KISSELEVA ET AL., JOURNAL OF GASTROENTEROLOGY AND HEPATOLOGY, vol. 22, no. 1, 2007, pages S73 - S78
KUBA ET AL., CURRENT OPINION IN PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 6, 2006, pages 271 - 276
KURIHARA ET AL., INVESTIGATIVE OPHTHALMOLOGY & VISUAL SCIENCE, vol. 47, no. 12, 2006, pages 5545 - 5552
MACKINNON ET AL., AMERICAN JOURNAL OF KIDNEY DISEASES, vol. 48, no. 1, 2006, pages 8 - 20
NAGAI ET AL., INVESTIGATIVE OPHTHALMOLOGY & VISUAL SCIENCE, vol. 48, no. 5, 2007, pages 2321 - 2326
REID ET AL., IMMUNOLOGICAL REVIEWS, vol. 217, 2007, pages 123 - 140
REMUZZI, ANNALS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE, vol. 136, no. 8, 2002, pages 604 - 615
RUSSO ET AL., AMERICAN JOURNAL OF KIDNEY DISEASES, vol. 38, no. 1, 2001, pages 18 - 25
SEGALL ET AL., NEPHROL DIAL TRANSPLANT, vol. 22, 2007, pages 2435 - 2439
SHAN ET AL., JPHARM SCI, vol. 86, no. 7, 1997, pages 756 - 757
T.A. WYNN, JOURNAL OF PATHOLOGY, vol. 214, 2008, pages 199 - 210
VEERAPPAN, PNAS, vol. 105, no. 4, 2008, pages 1315 - 1320
YAO ET AL., RCSPIRATION, vol. 73, 2006, pages 236 - 242
YOSHIJI ET AL., JOURNAL OF GASTROENTEROLOGY AND IIEPATOLOGY, vol. 22, no. 1, 2007, pages S93 - S95
ZHANG ET AL., CURRENT EYE RESEARCH, vol. 32, no. 10, 2007, pages 883 - 889

Cited By (76)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10426760B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9844539B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2017-12-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9260437B2 (en) 2008-05-19 2016-02-16 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
USRE47142E1 (en) 2008-06-03 2018-11-27 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for treating inflammatory and fibrotic disorders
US8969347B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-03 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for treating inflammatory and fibrotic disorders
US9290450B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2016-03-22 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for treating inflammatory and fibrotic disorders
US9617267B2 (en) 2009-11-18 2017-04-11 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9440969B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2016-09-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US8598156B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2013-12-03 Glaxosmithkline Llc Chemical compounds
US9682981B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2017-06-20 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US11337976B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2022-05-24 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9624213B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2017-04-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US11866428B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2024-01-09 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9018214B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-04-28 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9676768B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2017-06-13 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9550768B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2017-01-24 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation and indications therefor
CN102993094B (en) * 2011-09-08 2014-07-23 中国石油大学(北京) Synthesizing method of tetrahydroquinoline derivative
CN102993094A (en) * 2011-09-08 2013-03-27 中国石油大学(北京) Synthesizing method of tetrahydroquinoline derivative
US9358235B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-06-07 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10123998B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2018-11-13 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9730918B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2017-08-15 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US8835420B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-09-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Azaindole derivatives
US10227357B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2019-03-12 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9359379B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2016-06-07 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US9675593B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2017-06-13 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US10898474B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2021-01-26 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US10376497B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2019-08-13 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US9617283B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-04-11 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9617248B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-04-11 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9663512B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-05-30 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9980973B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-05-29 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9676748B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10301280B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-05-28 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9822109B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-21 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9718847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9181272B2 (en) 2013-04-30 2015-11-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US9873700B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2018-01-23 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10421761B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2019-09-24 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9896449B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2018-02-20 Novartis Ag Ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9266883B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2016-02-23 Novartis Ag Ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9533988B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2017-01-03 Novartis Ag Ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10618895B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2020-04-14 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US11225476B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2022-01-18 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US11643410B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2023-05-09 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9783538B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-10-10 Astex Therapeutics Limited Bicyclic heterocycle compounds and their uses in therapy
US9371321B2 (en) 2014-01-09 2016-06-21 Astrazeneca Ab Azaindole derivatives
US9771369B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10544161B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2020-01-28 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US10233195B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2019-03-19 Intermune, Inc. Anti-fibrotic pyridinones
US9856259B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2018-01-02 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10507201B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2019-12-17 Novartis Ag Use of ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10463653B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2019-11-05 Novartis Ag Use of ring-fused bicyclic pyridyl derivatives as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9802917B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2017-10-31 Novartis Ag Particles of N-(5-cyano-4-((2-methoxyethyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)-7-formyl-6-((4-methyl-2-oxopiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-3,4-dihydro-1,8-naphthyridine-1(2H)-carboxamide
US10160755B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10829484B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2020-11-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9975894B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2018-05-22 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10899761B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2021-01-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9771363B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10647716B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2020-05-12 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10370374B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2019-08-06 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9938273B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-04-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10160747B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10508085B2 (en) 2016-09-22 2019-12-17 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
US10703757B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-07-07 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for CDK8 modulation and indications therefor
US10577366B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2020-03-03 Plexxikon Inc. Crystalline forms of a compound that inhibits bromodomain
US10428067B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation
US10435404B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-10-08 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10941142B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2021-03-09 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10961240B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2021-03-30 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10717735B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2020-07-21 Plexxikon Inc. Solid forms of a compound for modulating kinases
US11103505B2 (en) 2017-10-27 2021-08-31 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US11149011B2 (en) 2018-03-20 2021-10-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
CN108752272B (en) * 2018-06-19 2021-02-19 西安交通大学 8-aminoquinoline amide derivative, preparation method, application and fluorescence analysis method thereof
CN108752272A (en) * 2018-06-19 2018-11-06 西安交通大学 8- aminoquinolines amide derivatives, preparation method, the method for application and its fluorescence analysis
CN111053761A (en) * 2020-01-16 2020-04-24 杭州旦承医药科技有限公司 Bisphosphonic acid medicine for inhalation, preparation method thereof and application thereof in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
US11958818B2 (en) 2020-04-29 2024-04-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh (R)-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)methyl 4-bromobenzenesulfonate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2761009A1 (en) 2010-11-11
MX2011011735A (en) 2011-11-29
SG175877A1 (en) 2011-12-29
IL216107A0 (en) 2012-01-31
WO2010129467A8 (en) 2010-12-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2010129467A1 (en) Compounds and methods for inhibition of renin, and indications therefor
CN105492444B (en) Tricyclic pyridine-carboxamides derivatives as ROCK inhibitor
CN105518005B (en) Tricyclic pyridine-carboxamides derivatives as ROCK inhibitor
TWI473792B (en) New quinoline compounds and their use
KR20190066604A (en) Compounds and methods for coordinating IDO and TDO, and indications thereof
KR101111464B1 (en) Novel pyridopyrazines and medicament as kinase modulators comprising the same
WO2019101086A1 (en) Halo-allylamine ssao/vap-1 inhibitor and use thereof
JP2005521698A (en) New tricyclic compounds
MX2007015678A (en) Piperazine-piperidine antagonists and agonists of the 5-ht1a receptor.
WO2013013614A1 (en) 4-(3-heteroarylarylamino)quinazoline and 1-(3-heteroarylarylamino)isoquinoline as hedgehog pathway inhibitor and use thereof
WO2007037543A1 (en) Biarylamide derivative
JP2020506878A (en) Activator of TREK (TWIK related K channel) channel
JP2021529746A (en) Cardiac sarcomere inhibitor
KR20090114439A (en) Acylguanidine derivative
KR20020073589A (en) Fused Imidazolium Derivatives
WO2011148956A1 (en) Fused imidazole derivative
AU2016353348A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
JP2004269469A (en) Pyrimidine derivative or salt thereof
US20160016933A1 (en) Isoquinolines as potassium ion channel inhibitors
JP2020514399A (en) Novel benzofuran, benzothiophene and indole analogs that inhibit the formation of tau oligomers and methods for their use
WO2007018168A1 (en) Acylguanidine derivative or salt thereof
WO2016011940A1 (en) Indole-amide derivative, preparation method therefor and application thereof in medicine
TW201406753A (en) Benzofuran derivative, preparation method and medical use thereof
JP2008523155A (en) Pyridyl-substituted spiro-hydantoin compounds and uses thereof
JP2018087173A (en) Anti-malignant brain tumor therapeutic agent

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10717397

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012509872

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: CR2011-000570

Country of ref document: CR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2761009

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 11150238

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 001901-2011

Country of ref document: PE

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/011735

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10717397

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: PI1014458

Country of ref document: BR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: PI1014458

Country of ref document: BR

Free format text: APRESENTAR, EM ATE 60 (SESSENTA) DIAS, EM LINGUA PORTUGUESA, AS FOLHAS DE RELATORIO DESCRITIVO E DESENHOS APRESENTADAS EM LINGUA ESTRANGEIRA NA PETICAO NO 020110112782 DE 03/11/2011, ADAPTADO A NORMA VIGENTE.

ENPW Started to enter national phase and was withdrawn or failed for other reasons

Ref document number: PI1014458

Country of ref document: BR